RADIUS INC
S-1, 1996-09-20
COMPUTER PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: LEASING SOLUTIONS INC, S-3, 1996-09-20
Next: LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC, 424B2, 1996-09-20



<PAGE>


   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 20, 1996
                                                          REGISTRATION NO. 333- 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549


                             ----------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------

                                   RADIUS INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)


<TABLE>

<S>                               <C>                           <C>

      CALIFORNIA                              3577                 68-0101300
(State or Other Jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial  (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)     Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)

</TABLE>
                             -----------------------
                             -----------------------

                             215 MOFFETT PARK DRIVE
                           SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94089
                                 (408) 541-6100
    (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, 
                  of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
                             -----------------------
                             -----------------------
                                CHARLES W. BERGER
                      PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                   RADIUS INC.
                             215 MOFFETT PARK DRIVE
                           SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94089
                                 (408) 541-6100
 (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, 
                              of Agent For Service)
                            ------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
                               EDWIN N. LOWE, ESQ.
                             JEFFREY R. VETTER, ESQ.
                               FENWICK & WEST LLP
                         TWO PALO ALTO SQUARE, SUITE 800
                          PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA  94306
                                 (415) 494-0600
                            -------------------------
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:   FROM
TIME TO TIME FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR UNTIL THE EARLIER OF SALE OF ALL SHARES REGISTERED
HEREUNDER.
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.  /X/
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / / 
                                                   ----------------
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of earlier effective registration statement for
the same offering.  / / 
                         ----------------
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  / /
                                     -------------------
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES       AMOUNT TO BE            PROPOSED MAXIMUM             PROPOSED MAXIMUM          AMOUNT OF
BE REGISTERED                              REGISTERED        OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE    AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE   REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                    <C>                         <C>                        <C> 
COMMON STOCK                          36,372,198 SHARES              $1.344 (1)            $48,884,234.11 (1)            $16,856.63
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
 STOCK                                   750,000 SHARES
COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE  
 UPON CONVERSION OF
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
 STOCK (3)                             6,075,333 SHARES              $1.344 (2)            $8,165,247.55  (2)             $2,815.60
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK      600,000 WARRANTS                                                                            
COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON 
EXERCISE  OF WARRANTS (4)                600,000 SHARES                $1.00(2)                  $600,000 (2)            $206.90 (2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON STOCK (5)                                                                                 $600,000 (2)               $206.90
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON STOCK (6)                      11,046,060 SHARES              $1.344 (7)            $14,845,904.64 (7)             $5,119.28
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           TOTAL                                                                           $73,095,386.30                $25,205.31
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


(1)  Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(c) solely for the purpose of calculating
     the amount of the registration fee.
(2)  Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(i) for the purpose of calculating the
     amount of the registration fee.
(3)  Represents the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
     conversion of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  Also
     includes an indeterminate number of additional shares of Common Stock which
     may become issuable pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of the Series
     A Convertible Preferred Stock.
(4)  Also includes an indeterminate number of additional shares of Common Stock
     which may become issuable pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of the
     Warrants.
(5)  Represents shares of Common Stock which may be issued in lieu of cash
     dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for the next two
     years.
(6)  Represents shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to Rights.
(7)  Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) solely for the purpose of calculating
     the registration fee.

                         ------------------------------
 THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED SEPTEMBER 20, 1996

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

                                   RADIUS INC.
                               ------------------
       SHARES OF COMMON STOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE MARKET PRICE OF $600,000
                               ------------------
             750,000 SHARES OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
                    600,000 WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
                        54,093,591 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                -----------------

     RADIUS INC., (THE "COMPANY" OR "RADIUS") IS OFFERING A NUMBER OF SHARES 
OF COMMON STOCK HAVING A FAIR MARKET VALUE OF $600,000 FOR THE PAYMENT OF 
DIVIDENDS IN SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ON THE COMPANY'S SERIES A CONVERTIBLE 
PREFERRED STOCK.  THESE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE BEING OFFERED IN THE EVENT 
THAT THE COMPANY ELECTS TO PAY ALL OF ITS DIVIDEND OBLIGATIONS ON THE SERIES 
A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK FOR THE NEXT TWO YEARS IN SHARES OF ITS COMMON 
STOCK INSTEAD OF CASH.  SEE "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK -- PREFERRED STOCK 
- -- SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK" AND "PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION."  SUCH 
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE BEING OFFERED ON A CONTINUOUS BASIS PURSUANT TO 
RULE 415 ("RULE 415") UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE 
"ACT") DURING A PERIOD WHICH WILL BE TWO YEARS IN LENGTH.  SEE "PLAN OF 
DISTRIBUTION."

     THE REMAINING 54,093,591 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, 750,000 SHARES OF 
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND 600,000 WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON 
STOCK (THE "WARRANTS") ARE BEING OFFERED BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS.  OF 
THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK BEING OFFERED BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS, UP 
TO 6,075,333 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED UPON CONVERSION OF THE SERIES A 
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, 600,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED UPON EXERCISE 
OF THE WARRANTS AND 11,046,060 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED UPON ISSUANCE 
PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF CERTAIN RIGHTS ("RIGHTS") PREVIOUSLY ISSUED TO THE 
COMPANY'S UNSECURED CREDITORS.  SUCH SHARES ARE ALSO BEING OFFERED ON A 
CONTINUOUS BASIS PURSUANT TO RULE 415, DURING A PERIOD WHICH WILL ALSO BE TWO 
YEARS IN LENGTH.  SEE "PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS" AND "PLAN OF 
DISTRIBUTION."

     DIVIDENDS ON THE SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK ARE CUMULATIVE FROM
THE DATE OF ISSUANCE AT A RATE OF 10% PER ANNUM AND ARE PAYABLE ON A QUARTERLY
BASIS AND ARE PAYABLE IN CASH OR IN SHARES OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AT THE
COMPANY'S DISCRETION.  THE SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK WILL BE
CONVERTIBLE INTO AN AGGREGATE OF 5,523,030 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF THE
COMPANY, OR, IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, 6,075,333 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.  THE
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK WILL BE REDEEMABLE AT THE OPTION OF THE
HOLDERS OF A MAJORITY OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK AT AN AGGREGATE REDEMPTION PRICE OF $3.0 MILLION PLUS ACCRUED
BUT UNPAID DIVIDENDS (THE "LIQUIDATION PRICE") UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN
EVENTS.  THE SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK WILL BE REDEEMABLE AT THE
OPTION OF RADIUS AT A PREMIUM UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS.  IN
ADDITION, THE SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY
CONVERTIBLE INTO SHARES OF COMMON STOCK UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS. 
SEE "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK -- PREFERRED STOCK -- SERIES A CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK."

     EACH WARRANT ENTITLES THE HOLDER TO PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY, AT AN EXERCISE PRICE EQUAL TO $1.00, SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT IN
CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AT ANY TIME.  EACH WARRANT IS EXERCISABLE FOR A PERIOD OF
FOUR YEARS.  SEE "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK -- WARRANTS."

     NO UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS OR COMMISSIONS OR EXPENSES ARE PAYABLE OR
APPLICABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE OF SUCH SECURITIES.

     THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY IS QUOTED ON THE NASDAQ SMALLCAP MARKET
(THE "NASDAQ SMALLCAP MARKET") UNDER THE SYMBOL "RDUS."  THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS WILL BE SOLD FROM TIME TO
TIME AT THEN PREVAILING MARKET PRICES, AT PRICES RELATING TO PREVAILING MARKET
PRICES OR AT NEGOTIATED PRICES.  THERE IS CURRENTLY NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OR THE WARRANTS AND THERE CAN BE NO
ASSURANCE THAT A PUBLIC MARKET FOR SUCH SECURITIES WILL EVER DEVELOP.  THE
COMPANY DOES NOT INTEND TO APPLY TO HAVE SUCH SECURITIES LISTED ON ANY NATIONAL
SECURITIES EXCHANGE, THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET SYSTEM OR THE NASDAQ SMALLCAP
MARKET.   SEE "RISK FACTORS -- LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR SERIES A CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS."  ON SEPTEMBER 16, 1996, THE CLOSING PRICE OF THE
COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ SMALLCAP MARKET WAS $1-11/32.

                            ------------------------

SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH A PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY.
                            -------------------------
<PAGE>

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON 
      THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO 
                       THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                                                                PROCEEDS TO
                                                     PRICE TO THE      UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO           SELLING
                                                       PUBLIC             DISCOUNT         COMPANY(1)(2)    SECURITYHOLDERS(2)(3)
                                                       ------             --------         -------------    ---------------------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>                 <C>              <C>
PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED
 BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS                       SEE TEXT ABOVE         NONE          SEE TEXT ABOVE        SEE TEXT ABOVE
PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THE COMPANY      SEE TEXT ABOVE         NONE          SEE TEXT ABOVE        SEE TEXT ABOVE
PER SHARE OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
 STOCK OFFERED BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
                                                      SEE TEXT ABOVE         NONE          SEE TEXT ABOVE        SEE TEXT ABOVE
PER WARRANT OFFERED BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS    SEE TEXT ABOVE         NONE          SEE TEXT ABOVE        SEE TEXT ABOVE
                                                                                                         
TOTAL                                                                                                                          
- --------------
</TABLE>


(1)  THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY CASH PROCEEDS FROM THE ISSUANCE OF THE
     SECURITIES OFFERED BY THE COMPANY HEREBY.  RATHER, THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
     BY THE COMPANY HEREBY MAY BE ISSUED AS PAYMENT OF CERTAIN DIVIDEND
     OBLIGATIONS ON THE SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK.  SEE "PLAN OF
     DISTRIBUTION."  
(2)  THE COMPANY WILL PAY AGGREGATE EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION ESTIMATED AT
     $250,000.
(3)  THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY PROCEEDS FROM THE SALE OF SECURITIES
     OFFERED HEREBY BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS.
                                        
                  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS ____ __, 1996.
                                        
                                        2
<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance
therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission").  Such reports, proxy
statements and other information filed by the Company can be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities of the Commission located at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and
at the Commission's regional offices at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048; and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511.  Copies of such material can
also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at Room
1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at
prescribed rates.  The Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
issuers that file electronically with the Commission.  The address of the
Commission's World Wide Web site is http://www.sec.gov.  The Company's Common
Stock is quoted for trading on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and reports, proxy
statements and other information concerning the Company may be inspected at the
offices of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., 9513 Key West
Avenue, Rockville, Maryland  20850.

     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with
respect to the securities offered hereby.  This Prospectus does not contain all
of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto.  For further information with respect to the Company and the
securities offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and
the exhibits and schedules filed therewith.  Statements contained in this
Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to
are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy
of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference.  A copy of the Registration Statement  may be inspected, without
charge, at the offices of the Commission in Washington, D.C. and copies of all
or any part of the Registration Statement may be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, upon the payment of the fees prescribed by
the Commission.

     No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representation not contained in this Prospectus and,
if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as
having been authorized by the Company.  This Prospectus does not constitute an
offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered
hereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such
offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.  Neither the delivery of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create
any implication that the information herein is correct as of any time subsequent
to the date hereof or that there has been no change in the affairs of the
Company since such date.

                                         3
<PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
                                  THE OFFERING
                                        
Securities Offered by the Company. . . . . . . .  Shares of Common Stock, having
                                                  an aggregate market value of
                                                  $600,000 which may be issued
                                                  in lieu of the Company's
                                                  obligation to pay an aggregate
                                                  of $600,000 in cash dividends
                                                  payable on the Series A
                                                  Convertible Preferred Stock
                                                  for the next two years. 
Securities Offered by the Selling 
Securityholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54,093,591 shares of Common
                                                  Stock 750,000 shares of Series
                                                  A Convertible Preferred Stock 
                                                  600,000 Warrants to purchase
                                                  Common Stock.

Common Stock outstanding after the Offering. . .  72,609,119 shares (1)
                                                  
Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  The Company may issue shares
                                                  of Common Stock with an
                                                  aggregate market value of
                                                  $600,000 in lieu of its
                                                  obligation to pay $600,000 in
                                                  cash dividends on the Series A
                                                  Convertible Preferred Stock. 
                                                  The Company will not receive
                                                  any of the proceeds from the
                                                  sale of securities by the
                                                  Selling Securityholders.  The
                                                  Company will bear estimated
                                                  expenses of registration of
                                                  approximately $250,000.  See
                                                  "Plan of Distribution." 
Nasdaq SmallCap Market symbol. . . . . . . . . .  RDUS



                          SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                              YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30 (2),                                JUNE 30 (2),
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------    ------------------
                                      1995          1994(3)      1993(3)       1992(3)       1991(3)     1996       1995
                                      ----          -------      -------       -------       -------     ----       -----
<S>                                  <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales. . . . . . . . . . . .   $308,133      $324,805      $337,373      $284,598     $199,033    $83,261   $251,007
  Income (loss) from operations. .   (104,182)      (80,830)      (34,583)       20,483        9,485    (11,585)     3,620
  Net income (loss). . . . . . . .   (131,742)      (77,475)      (20,139)       13,032        6,204      8,849    (13,857)
  Net income (loss) per share. . .      (8.75)        (5.70)        (1.56)         1.04         0.54       0.49      (0.96)
  Shares used to compute income
      (loss) per share . . . . . .     15,049        13,598        12,905        12,485       11,473     17,950     14,386

<CAPTION>


                                                                          JUNE 30, 1996 (2)
                                                                         -------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital (working capital deficiency) . . . . . . . .                 $(49,183)
  Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   43,878
  Current Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   91,444
  Shareholders' equity (net capital deficiency). . . . . . . .                  (47,887)
</TABLE>
- -----------------------------------

(1)  Based on shares outstanding as of August 31, 1996.  Excludes (i) 1,258,689
     shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding
     under the Company's Stock Option Plans at a weighted average exercise price
     of $4.34 per share, (ii) 1,924,686 shares of Common Stock reserved for
     issuance under the Company's Stock Option Plans and Employee Stock Purchase
     Plan, and (iii) approximately 4,706,668 shares to be reserved for issuance
     under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Plan") which the
     Company intends to adopt in the near future (until conversion of the Series
     A Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock, 2,865,658 shares will be
     reserved for issuance pursuant to the 1996 Plan).  Assumes that (i) all
     dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will be paid in
     shares of Common Stock based upon a per share price of $1-11/32, the last
     reported sales price of the Company's Common Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap
     Market on September 16, 1996 and (ii) 6,075,333 shares of Common Stock, the
     maximum number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A
     Convertible Preferred Stock, will be issued, (this amount of shares is only
     issuable in the event that the trading price of the Common Stock exceeds
     certain levels and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is not
     otherwise redeemed. Otherwise the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible
     into an aggregate of 5,523,030 shares of Common Stock).  See "Description
     of Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred
     Stock."
(2)  The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to September 30 and
     includes 53 weeks in fiscal 1993 and 52 weeks in all other fiscal years
     presented.  During fiscal 1995, the Company changed its fiscal year end
     from the Sunday closest to September 30 to the Saturday closest to
     September 30 for operational efficiency purposes.  For clarity of
     presentation, all fiscal periods are reported as ending on a calendar month
     end.
(3)  These periods have been restated to reflect the Merger of Radius and
     SuperMac Technology, Inc. ("SuperMac") in fiscal 1994 which has been
     accounted for as a pooling of interests.  See Note 10 of Notes to the
     Consolidated Financial Statements.  The consolidated financial statements
     for all periods prior to fiscal 1994 have not been restated to adjust
     SuperMac's fiscal year end to that of Radius.  Such periods include Radius'
     results of operations and balance sheet data on a September 30 fiscal year
     basis and SuperMac's on a December 31 calendar year basis.

                                        4
<PAGE>

                                   THE COMPANY
                                        
     Radius Inc. (the "Company" or "Radius") designs, develops, markets and
supports color publishing and digital video computer products for leading edge
computer users in the publishing, video and education markets.  The Company's
current product line includes:  accelerated color graphics products that
facilitate the creation and manipulation of graphical images; video systems and
software that can acquire and manipulate video and audio information; and high
resolution color reference displays that allow users to view text, graphics,
images and video.
     
     The primary target markets for the Company's products are color publishing
and multimedia.  These markets encompass creative professionals involved in such
areas as color prepress, graphic arts, video editing, video and multimedia
production and playback, and corporate training.  
     
     To date substantially all of the Company's products have been designed for
and sold to users of Macintosh computer products (the "Macintosh") manufactured
by Apple Computer, Inc. ("Apple") as Apple products have been the preferred
platform in the Company's target markets.
     
     As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company
has incurred substantial operating losses and until recently, had a deficiency
in assets and working capital.  Management has implemented a number of actions
to address this situation including: refocusing its efforts on providing
solutions for high end digital video and graphics customers; discontinuing sales
of mass market and other low value added products; divesting its color server
and monochrome display businesses and its MacOS compatible systems product line;
significantly reducing expenses and headcount; subleasing all or a portion of
its current facility given its reduced occupancy requirements; and investigating
various strategic partnering opportunities.  See "Risk Factors -- Continuing
Operating Losses, Going Concern Considerations."
     
     Immediately prior to the consummation of the debt for equity exchange
described under "Recent Developments--Debt for Equity Exchange," the Company had
approximately 18,147,099 shares of Common Stock outstanding.  As a result of the
consummation of the Plan described below, an additional 36,294,198 shares of
Common Stock were issued to creditors of the Company, as well as Warrants to
purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock and 750,000 shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock convertible into up to an aggregate of 6,075,333
shares of Common Stock.  In the event that the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock is converted into Common Stock, up to an additional 11,046,060 shares of
Common Stock will be issued pursuant to the Rights and an additional 1,841,010
shares of Common Stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company's
Stock Option Plans.  Upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus forms a part, such shares of Common Stock will generally
be freely tradable.  Such issuances and tradability of these shares could have a
materially adverse impact on the trading price of the Common Stock.  See "Risk
Factors--Volatility for Stock Price" and "--Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
     
     The Company's executive offices are located at 215 Moffett Park Drive,
Sunnyvale, CA  94089, and its telephone number is (408) 541-6100.

                               RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

DEBT FOR EQUITY EXCHANGE
     
     As of June 30, 1996, the Company had total assets of approximately $43.9
million and total current liabilities of approximately $91.4 million.  The
Company was also delinquent in its accounts payable as payments to certain
vendors were not being made in accordance with vendor terms.  As of June 30,
1996, the Company had outstanding accounts payable, short-term borrowings and
current portions of obligations under capital leases of approximately $62.2
million, of which approximately $38.0 million was outstanding under accounts
payable, approximately $22.9 million represented short-term borrowings and
approximately $1.3 million represented current portions of obligations under
capital leases.  Several vendors had initiated legal action to collect allegedly
delinquent accounts and at least two vendors had orally threatened the Company
with initiation of insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings.  
     
     As a result, the Company established an unofficial unsecured creditors
committee (the "Unofficial Creditors Committee") consisting of eight of its
larger unsecured creditors (the "Committee Members") in an effort to resolve
the delinquent accounts payable, capital deficiency and creditor litigation
issues outside of insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings.

                                        5
<PAGE>

  The Company sought to resolve these claims outside of bankruptcy or insolvency
proceedings in order to avoid the significant costs and uncertainties that would
arise in such proceedings, including the likely demoralization of employees,
customers and distributors.
     
     The Company, the Unofficial Creditors Committee and the Company's 
secured creditor, IBM Credit Corporation ("IBM Credit"), agreed to a plan 
(the "Plan") pursuant to which creditors received equity in the Company in 
satisfaction of all or a portion of their claims.  Pursuant to the Plan, IBM 
Credit, the Company's secured creditor, received Series A Convertible 
Preferred Stock in satisfaction of $3.0 million of the Company's 
approximately $26.4 million secured indebtedness to IBM Credit and in 
consideration of restructuring its loan with the Company, including extension 
by IBM Credit of an additional advance of approximately $470,000 for making 
Discount Payments (defined below). The Company's unsecured creditors with 
claims of approximately $47.8 million (including a $1.0 million reserve for 
unknown or unresolved claims) received either shares of Common Stock or, in 
the case of certain creditors most of which had claims of less than $50,000 
("Convenience Class Creditors"), a discounted cash payment (approximately 
$470,000 in the aggregate) in satisfaction of claims of approximately $1.9 
million.  The Company also issued Warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of 
Common Stock to IBM Credit.  While the issuance of the Series A Convertible 
Preferred Stock, the Common Stock and the Warrants did not require the 
approval of the Company's shareholders an increase in the authorized number 
of shares of Common Stock, however, which was necessary to implement this 
Plan, required shareholder approval, which approval was obtained at a special 
meeting of shareholders on August 27, 1996.
     
     Pursuant to the Plan, unsecured creditors received 36,294,198 shares of 
Common Stock, or 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company after 
consummation of the Plan (including 791,280 shares issued to the Radius 
Creditors Trust for the purpose of satisfying a portion of any unknown or 
unresolved claims).  The Company's secured creditor, IBM Credit, received 
750,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  The Series A 
Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into  an aggregate of 5,523,030 
shares of Common Stock of the Company (or 6,075,333 shares in certain 
circumstances, see "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock -- Series 
A Convertible Preferred Stock").  The unsecured creditors also received 
Rights ("Rights") to receive an aggregate of 11,046,060 additional shares of 
the Company's Common Stock in the event that the Series A Convertible 
Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock so that the number of shares 
of Common Stock received by such unsecured creditors continues to represent 
60% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.  In addition, the Company 
intends to adopt a new stock option plan to reserve for issuance thereunder  
(together with the Company's other stock option plans) approximately 10% of 
the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock.  Therefore, 
shareholders holding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the closing 
under the Plan ("Existing Shareholders") represent approximately 30% of 
outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately after the Plan was 
consummated.  Because the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will vote on 
an as-converted basis, Existing Shareholders represent approximately 28% of 
the voting power of the Company, assuming all options are exercised.  If and 
when the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock, 
Existing Shareholders will then represent 23% of the outstanding shares of 
Common Stock assuming no other issuances of the Company's securities and 
exercise of all options available for issuance.
     
     Unsecured creditors accepting equity in satisfaction of their claims 
generally had claims in excess of $50,000 ("Major Creditors") and represented 
accounts payable or other claims in the aggregate of approximately $45.9 
million (including a $1.0 million reserve for unknown or unresolved claims), 
of which approximately $29.3 million represented claims of the Committee 
Members.  The Committee Members included SCI Technology, Inc., Mitsubishi 
Electronics America Corp., Hamilton Hallmark/Avnet Co., Manufacturers 
Services Limited, Avex Electronics, Inc., TechData Corporation, Quantum and 
Mitsubishi International Corporation, which were generally the Company's 
largest unsecured creditors, with claims of approximately $12.3 million, $5.1 
million, $4.0 million, $2.2 million, $2.1 million, $1.6 million, $1.6 million 
and $380,000, respectively.  
     
     The remaining unpaid indebtedness of approximately $1.9 million owed to 
its Convenience Class Creditors was repaid at an average discount of 
approximately 75% of the amount of the applicable claim (the amounts paid to 
the Convenience Class Creditors are referred to as the "Discount Payment").  
The Company repaid these creditors from the proceeds of an additional advance 
of approximately $470,000 from IBM Credit which was made for the purpose of 
making Discount Payments.  The Company was unable to conclude settlements 
with 10 unsecured creditors with aggregate claims of approximately $200,000.  
The Company has issued 791,280 shares of Common Stock and an additional 
240,824 Rights to the Radius Creditors Trust, for the purposes of satisfying 
any unknown claims or claims not settled. The Company intends to repay any 
additional remaining unsatisfied or unknown claims out of cash generated from 
operations, however, there can be no assurance that these creditors will not 
seek to enforce their claims or that the Company will have sufficient 
available funds to repay such creditors on a timely basis. Approximately 50 
persons whom the Company believed to be creditors claimed that no balance was 
owed to such creditors.  There can be no assurance that such persons will 
not, in the future, assert claims against the Company.

                                        6
<PAGE>

     The Company has no other plans to meet its future working capital needs
other than through cash generated from operations.  For the nine months ended
June 30, 1996, the Company had an operating loss of approximately $11.6 million.
If the Company is unable to increase net sales and/or reduce operating expenses,
it may need to divest assets or businesses or seek additional financing to meet
its working capital needs.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to divest its assets, on favorable terms, if at all or that such financing
will be available to the Company.  See "Risk Factors -- Need for Additional
Financing -- Loan Restrictions."
     
     There can also be no assurance that the Company will maintain or increase
profitability.

NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET DELISTING

     Until late June 1996, the Company's Common Stock was listed on the 
Nasdaq National Market System (the "Nasdaq National Market").  As a 
requirement to the continued listing of the Company's Common Stock on the 
Nasdaq National Market, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 
(the "NASD") required the Company to obtain the approval of the Plan by a 
majority of the total votes cast at a shareholders' meeting.  The NASD had 
required that the Company file preliminary proxy materials with the 
Commission with respect to the foregoing by April 10, 1996 and that the Plan 
be approved by the Company's shareholders by June 30, 1996 as a condition to 
the Company's continued listing on the Nasdaq National Market.  Inasmuch as 
the Company failed to reach an agreement in principle with IBM Credit and the 
Unofficial Creditors Committee until late June 1996, the Company was not able 
to meet these conditions.  Accordingly, the NASD has delisted the Company's 
Common Stock from the Nasdaq National Market for failure to satisfy the 
minimum net worth requirement.  The Company's Common Stock is now listed on 
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market (the "Nasdaq SmallCap Market") and the Company 
will be required to meet the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq 
SmallCap Market.  As of September 16, 1996, the closing price of the Common 
Stock was $111/32 per share.  In the future, any failure of the Company to 
maintain a minimum bid price per share of $1.00 for a period of 10 
consecutive business days would require it to have $2.0 million in capital 
and surplus as well as a market value of its publicly traded securities of 
$1.0 million.  If the Company does not have a capital and surplus of $2.0 
million, it will be required to maintain a minimum bid price of $1.00 per 
share. If the Company fails to maintain this minimum bid price as well as a 
$2.0 million capital and surplus, it will have 90 days to comply with such 
minimum bid requirement.  As described under "Risk Factors -- Volatility of 
Stock Price," the substantial increase in tradable shares of Common Stock 
could materially and adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock 
and if the Company has insufficient capital and surplus, the Common Stock 
would be subject to delisting.  See "Risk Factors -- Possible Delisting of 
Common Stock from the Nasdaq SmallCap Market."

                                  RISK FACTORS

     INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE FOLLOWING FACTORS, IN ADDITION TO
THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, BEFORE PURCHASING THE SHARES
OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.

CONTINUING OPERATING LOSSES; GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS

     The Company experienced operating losses in each of the fiscal quarters
ended March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, for the nine months ended June 30,
1996 and in each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995. 
Furthermore, the Company's independent auditors have included in their report
for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1995 a statement as to the substantial
doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.  In the
future, the Company's ability to sustain profitable operations will depend upon
a number of factors, including the Company's ability to control costs; the
Company's ability to service its outstanding indebtedness to IBM Credit; the
Company's ability to generate sufficient cash from operations or obtain
additional funds to fund its operating expenses; the Company's ability to
develop innovative and cost-competitive new products and to bring those products
to market in a timely manner; the continued commercial acceptance of Apple
computers and the rate and mix of Apple computers and related products sold;
competitive factors such as new product introductions, product enhancements and
aggressive marketing and pricing practices; general economic conditions; and
other factors.  The Company has faced and expects to continue to face increased
competition in graphic cards as a result of Apple's transition of its product
line to the PCI Bus.  For these and other reasons, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to maintain or increase profitability in the near
term, if at all. 

                                        7
<PAGE>

FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company has experienced substantial fluctuations in operating results. 
The Company's customers generally order on an as-needed basis, and the Company
has historically operated with relatively small backlogs.  Quarterly sales and
operating results depend heavily on the volume and timing of bookings received
during the quarter, which are difficult to forecast.  A substantial portion of
the Company's revenues are derived from sales made late in each quarter, which
increases the difficulty in forecasting sales accurately.  Since the end of the
Company's 1995 fiscal year, shortages of available cash have restricted the
Company's ability to purchase inventory and have delayed the Company's receipt
of products from suppliers and increased shipping and other costs.  Furthermore,
because of its financial condition, the Company believes that many suppliers are
hesitant to continue their relationship with or extend credit terms to the
Company and potential new suppliers are reluctant to provide goods to the
Company.  The Company recognizes sales upon shipment of product, and allowances
are recorded for estimated uncollectable amounts, returns, credits and similar
costs, including product warranties and price protection.  Due to the inherent
uncertainty of such estimates, there can be no assurance that the Company's
forecasts regarding bookings, collections, rates of return, credits and related
matters will be accurate.  A significant portion of the operating expenses of
the Company are relatively fixed in nature, and planned expenditures are based
primarily on sales forecasts which, as indicated above, are uncertain.  Any
inability on the part of the Company to adjust spending quickly enough to
compensate for any failure to meet sales forecasts or to receive anticipated
collections, or any unexpected increase in product returns or other costs, could
also have an adverse impact on the Company's operating results.  As a strategic
response to a changing competitive environment, the Company has elected, and, in
the future, may elect from time to time, to make certain pricing, service or
marketing decisions or acquisitions that could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.  As a
result, the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its results of
operations will not necessarily be meaningful and should not be relied upon as
any indication of future performance.  Due to all of the foregoing factors, it
is likely that in some future quarter the Company's operating results will be
below the expectations of public market analysts and investors.  In such event,
the price of the Company's Common Stock would be likely to be materially
adversely affected.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING; LOAN RESTRICTIONS

     The Company intends to finance its working capital needs through cash
generated by operations and borrowings under a restructured working line of
credit with IBM Credit.  Because the Company has experienced operating losses in
each of its prior three fiscal years, the Company must significantly reduce
operating expenses and/or significantly increase net sales in order to finance
its working capital needs with cash generated by operations.  Furthermore,
pursuant to the restructured loan with IBM Credit, the Company is required to
deposit its revenues in accounts subject to control by IBM Credit.  At any time,
regardless of whether the Company is in default of its obligations to IBM
Credit, IBM Credit is permitted to apply these amounts towards the repayment of
any of the Company's obligations to IBM Credit.  This loan is also subject to
mandatory prepayment as follows:  (i) upon the disposition of any assets of the
Company outside of the ordinary course of business, all net proceeds to the
Company must be applied towards the Company's obligations under the loan; (ii)
upon the closing of any financing, 10% of the proceeds must be applied towards
the Company's obligations under the loan; (iii) upon the thirtieth day following
the end of each fiscal quarter, an amount of no less than 50% of operating cash
flow for such prior fiscal quarter must be applied towards the Company's
obligations under the loan; and (iv) upon the receipt of any other amounts other
than sales of inventory or used or obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of
business, and not otherwise described in the preceding clause (i) - (iii), all
of such amounts must be applied towards the Company's obligations under the
loan.  If the Company's obligations under the term loan, as well as finance
charges and amounts outstanding in excess of the "borrowing base" (described
below) under the working line of credit described below, are repaid, IBM Credit
can require such proceeds to be applied towards a redemption of the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock.  IBM Credit's control over the Company's financial
resources as well as these prepayment provisions will place a further strain on
the ability of the Company to fund its working capital needs internally. 
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
successfully fund its working capital needs internally.

     The restructured loan also provides for a working line of credit of up to
$5.0 million.  However, the Company will only be able to borrow amounts up to
the "borrowing base" which is defined as the sum of (i) the lesser of 10% of the
gross value of eligible inventory or $500,000; plus (ii) 80% of the value of
eligible domestic accounts receivable; plus (iii) the lesser of 50% of the gross
value of certain Japanese and European accounts receivable or $500,000.  Upon
the closing of the restructured loan, approximately $1.5 million, or an amount
equal to the current borrowing base was deemed to be outstanding under this line
of credit.  Therefore, in order to draw on this working line of credit, the
Company will need to increase the

                                        8
<PAGE>

amount of the borrowing base by increasing the amount of certain of its accounts
receivable or repay amounts outstanding under this line of credit.  Because most
of the Company's cash flow must be applied towards prepayment of the term loan
and, towards the redemption of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, prior
to reducing any amounts outstanding under the working line of credit, there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to significantly reduce this
working line of credit.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that this
working line of credit will provide a significant source of working capital.

     The Company's ability to sell assets in order to satisfy its working
capital needs will also be restricted by the terms of the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock and the terms of the restructured loan.  The Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock will be redeemable at the option of IBM Credit upon
certain dispositions and, as described above, the Company is required to apply
the proceeds of any disposition towards repayment of the term loan component of
the restructured loan.

     The restructured loan also imposes certain operating and financial
restrictions on the Company and requires the Company to maintain certain
financial covenants such as minimum cash flow levels, restricts the ability of
the Company to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, create liens, sell
assets or engage in mergers or acquisitions, or make certain capital
expenditures.  The failure to comply with these covenants would constitute a
default under the loan, which is secured by substantially all of the Company's
assets.  In the event of such a default, IBM Credit could elect to declare all
of the funds borrowed pursuant thereto to be due and payable together with
accrued and unpaid interest, which could result in the Company becoming a debtor
in a bankruptcy proceeding.  The loan restrictions could limit the ability of
the Company to effect future financings or otherwise restrict corporate
activities.  Even if additional financing could be obtained, there can be no
assurance that it would be on terms that are favorable or acceptable to the
Company.

     The restructured loan may also limit the Company's ability to respond to
changing business and economic conditions, insofar as such conditions may affect
the financial condition and financing requirements of the Company.  If the
Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the
future, it may be required to refinance all or a portion of its existing
indebtedness to IBM Credit (which indebtedness can be repaid without prepayment
penalties) or to obtain additional financing.  There can be no assurance that
any such refinancing would be possible or that any additional financing could be
obtained on terms that are favorable or acceptable to the Company.  See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     Immediately prior to the consummation of the Plan, the Company had
outstanding approximately 18,147,099 shares of Common Stock, most of which were
freely tradable.  Upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement of which
this Prospectus is a part, this number will increase by almost 200% and, upon
the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, up to an additional
17,721,393 shares may be eligible for public resale, an increase of almost 300%
from the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock prior to the consummation
of the Plan.  Furthermore, none of the creditors who received shares of Common
Stock pursuant to the Plan have entered into any agreements restricting their
ability to resell the shares of Common Stock which they received.  As a result
of this larger public float, it is likely that a substantial  number of
creditors may seek to resell their shares at times when there is an insufficient
demand for shares of Common Stock.  In such an event, the trading price of the
Common Stock will be materially and adversely affected.

     The price of the Company's Common Stock has fluctuated widely in the past. 
Management believes that such fluctuations may have been caused by announcements
of new products, quarterly fluctuations in the results of operations and other
factors, including changes in conditions of the personal computer industry in
general and of Apple Computer in particular, and changes in the Company's
results of operations and financial condition.  Stock markets, and stocks of
technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price volatility in
recent years.  This volatility has had a substantial effect on the market prices
of securities issued by the Company and other high technology companies, often
for reasons unrelated to the operating performance of the specific companies. 
Due to the factors referred to herein, the dynamic nature of the Company's
industry, general economic conditions and other factors, the Company's future
operating results and stock prices may be subject to significant volatility in
the future.

     Such stock price volatility for the Common Stock has in the past provoked
securities litigation, and future volatility could provoke litigation in the
future that could divert substantial management resources and have an adverse
effect on 

                                        9
<PAGE>


the Company's results of operations.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --Litigation Settlement."

DEPENDENCE ON AND COMPETITION WITH APPLE

     Historically, substantially all of the Company's products have been
designed for and sold to users of Apple personal computers, and it is expected
that sales of products for such computers will continue to represent
substantially all of the sales of the Company for the foreseeable future.  The
Company's operating results would be adversely affected if Apple should lose
market share, if Macintosh sales were to decline or if other developments were
to adversely affect Apple's business.  Furthermore, any difficulty that may be
experienced by Apple in the development, manufacturing, marketing or sale of its
computers, or other disruptions to, or uncertainty in the market regarding,
Apple's business, resulting from these or other factors could result in reduced
demand for Apple computers, which in turn could materially and adversely affect
sales of the Company's products.  Recently, Apple has announced large losses,
management changes, headcount reductions, and other significant events which
have led or could lead to uncertainty in the market regarding Apple's business
and products.  In addition, news reports indicating that Apple may be or may
have been the target of merger, acquisition, or takeover negotiations, have led
or could lead to uncertainty in the market regarding Apple's business and
products.

     As software applications for the color publishing and multimedia markets
become more available on platforms other than Macintosh, it is likely that these
other platforms will continue to gain acceptance in these markets.  For example,
recently introduced versions of the Windows operating environment support high
performance graphics and video applications similar to those offered on the
Macintosh.  There is a risk that this trend will reduce the support given to
Macintosh products by third party developers and could substantially reduce
demand for Macintosh products and peripherals over the long term.  

     A number of the Company's products compete with products marketed by Apple.
As a competitor of the Company, Apple could in the future take steps to hinder
the Company's development of compatible products and slow sales of the Company's
products.  The Company's business is based in part on supplying products that
meet the needs of high-end customers that are not fully met by Apple's products.
As Apple improves its products or bundles additional hardware or software into
its computers, it reduces the market for Radius products that provide those
capabilities.  For example, the Company believes that the on-board performance
capabilities included in Macintosh Power PC products have reduced and continue
to reduce overall sales for the Company's graphics cards.  In the past, the
Company has developed new products as Apple's progress has rendered existing
Company products obsolete.  However, in light of the Company's current financial
condition there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to develop
new products on a timely basis or that any such products will be successful.  In
order to develop products for the Macintosh on a timely basis, the Company
depends upon access to advance information concerning new Macintosh products.  A
decision by Apple to cease sharing advance product information with the Company
would adversely affect the Company's business.  

     New products anticipated from and introduced by Apple could cause customers
to defer or alter buying decisions due to uncertainty in the marketplace, as
well as presenting additional direct competition for the Company.  For example,
the Company believes that Apple's transition during 1994 to Power PC products
caused delays and uncertainties in the marketplace and had the effect of
reducing demand for the Company's products.  In addition, sales of the Company's
products have been adversely affected by Apple's revamping of its entire product
line from Nubus-based to PCI Bus-based computers.  In the past, transitions in
Apple's products have been accompanied by shortages in those products and in key
components for them, leading to a slowdown in sales of those products and in the
development and sale by the Company of compatible products.  In addition, it is
possible that the introduction of new Apple products with improved performance
capabilities may create uncertainties in the market concerning the need for the
performance enhancements provided by the Company's products and could reduce
demand for such products. 

COMPETITION

     The markets for the Company's products are highly competitive, and the
Company expects competition to intensify.  Many of the Company's current and
prospective competitors have significantly greater financial, technical,
manufacturing and marketing resources than the Company.  The Company believes
that its ability to compete will depend on a number of factors, including the
amount of financial resources available to the Company, whether the Company can
reach an accommodation with its creditors, success and timing of new product
developments by the Company and its competitors, product performance, price and
quality, breadth of distribution and customer support.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete 

                                       10
<PAGE>

successfully with respect to these factors.  In addition, the introduction of
lower priced competitive products could result in price reductions that would
adversely affect the Company's results of operations.   See "Business --
Competition."

DEPENDENCE ON LIMITED NUMBER OF MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS

     The Company outsources the manufacturing and assembly of its products to
third party manufacturers.  Although the Company uses a number of
manufacturer/assemblers, each of its products is manufactured and assembled by a
single manufacturer.  The failure of a manufacturer to ship the quantities of a
product ordered by the Company could cause a material disruption in the
Company's sales of that product.  In the past, the Company has at times
experienced substantial delays in its ability to fill customer orders for
displays and other products, due to the inability of certain manufacturers to
meet their volume and schedule requirements and, more recently, due to the
Company's shortages in available cash.  Such shortages have caused some
manufacturers to put the Company on a cash or prepay basis and/or to require the
Company to provide security for their risk in procuring components or reserving
manufacturing time, and there is a risk that manufacturers will discontinue
their relationship with the Company.  In the past, the Company has been
vulnerable to delays in shipments from manufacturers because the Company has
sought to manage its use of working capital by, among other things, limiting the
backlog of inventory it purchases.  More recently, this vulnerability has been
exacerbated by the Company's shortages in cash reserves.  Delays in shipments
from manufacturers can cause fluctuations in the Company's short term results
and contribute to order cancellations.  The Company currently has arranged
payment terms for certain of its major manufacturers such that certain of the
Company's major customers pay these manufacturers directly for products ordered
and shipped.  In the event these customers do not pay these manufacturers, there
can be no assurance that such manufacturers will not cease supplying the
Company.  In addition, as a condition to continuing its manufacturing
arrangement with the Company, the Company granted Mitsubishi Electronics, the
manufacturer of the Company's PressView products, a security interest in all of
the Company's technology and intellectual property rights related to and
incorporated into the Company's PressView products.  There can be no assurance
that other manufacturers will not require special terms in order to continue
their relationship with the Company.

     The Company is also dependent on sole or limited source suppliers for
certain key components used in its products, including certain digital to analog
converters, digital video chips, color-calibrated monitors and other products. 
Certain other semiconductor components and molded plastic parts are also
purchased from sole or limited source suppliers. The Company purchases these
sole or limited source components primarily pursuant to purchase orders placed
from time to time in the ordinary course of business and has no guaranteed
supply arrangements with sole or limited source suppliers.  Therefore, these
suppliers are not obligated to supply products to the Company for any specific
period, in any specific quantity  or at any specific price, except as may be
provided in a particular purchase order.  Although the Company expects that
these suppliers will continue to meet its requirements for the components, there
can be no assurance that they will do so. The Company's reliance on a limited
number of suppliers involves a number of risks, including the absence of
adequate capacity, the unavailability or interruption in the supply of key
components and reduced control over delivery schedules and costs.  The Company
expects to continue to rely on a limited number of suppliers for the foreseeable
future.  If these suppliers became unwilling or unable to continue to provide
these components the Company would have to develop alternative sources for these
components which could result in delays or reductions in product shipments which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating
results and financial condition.   Certain suppliers, due to the Company's
shortages in available cash, have put the Company on a cash or prepay basis
and/or required the Company to provide security for their risk in procuring
components or reserving manufacturing time, and there is a risk that suppliers
will discontinue their relationship with the Company.  

     The introduction of new products presents additional difficulties in
obtaining timely shipments from suppliers.  Additional time may be needed to
identify and qualify suppliers of the new products.  Also, the Company has
experienced delays in achieving volume production of new products due to the
time required for suppliers to build their manufacturing capacity.  An extended
interruption in the supply of any of the components for the Company's products,
regardless of the cause, could have an adverse impact on the Company's results
of operations.  The Company's products also incorporate components, such as
VRAMs, DRAMs and ASICs that are available from multiple sources but have been
subject to substantial fluctuations in availability and price.  Since a
substantial portion of the total material cost of the Company's products is
represented by these components, significant fluctuations in their price and
availability could affect its results of operations.  

TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; CONTINUING NEED TO DEVELOP NEW PRODUCTS

                                       11
<PAGE>


     The personal computer industry in general, and color publishing and video
applications within the industry, are characterized by rapidly changing
technology, often resulting in short product life cycles and rapid price
declines.  The Company believes that its success will be highly dependent on its
ability to develop innovative and cost-competitive new products and to bring
them to the marketplace in a timely manner.  Should the Company fail to
introduce new products on a timely basis, the Company's operating results could
be adversely affected.  Technological innovation is particularly important for
the Company, since its business is based on its ability to provide functionality
and features not included in Apple's products.  As Apple introduces new products
with increased functionality and features, the Company's business will be
adversely affected unless it develops new products that provide advantages over
Apple's latest offerings.  As a result of the Company's financial condition, it
has had to significantly reduce its research and development expenditures.  For
the nine months ended June 30, 1996, the Company spent approximately $6.2
million on research and development as compared with approximately $13.8 million
for the same period in the prior fiscal year.  Furthermore, as described in "--
Need for Additional Financing; Loan Restrictions," the terms of the restructured
loan with IBM Credit will restrict the Company's ability to fund its working
capital needs and, as a result, the ability of the Company to increase research
and development expenditures.  Continued reduction in the available cash
resources of the Company could result in the interruption or cancellation of
research and product development efforts which would have a material adverse
effect on the business, operating results and financial condition of the
Company.

     The Company anticipates that the video editing industry will follow the
pattern of the professional publishing industry in which desktop publishing
products, including those produced by Radius, replaced more expensive,
proprietary products, and the Company also anticipates that this evolution will
lead to an increase in the purchase and use of video editing products.  As a
result, the Company has devoted significant resources to this product line. 
There can be no assurance that this evolution will occur in the video editing
industry as expected by the Company, or that even if it does occur that it will
not occur at a slower pace than anticipated.  There can also be no assurance
that any video editing products developed by the Company will achieve consumer
acceptance or broad commercial success.  For example, the Company initially
began its MacOS compatible systems business in the third quarter of fiscal 1995
and devoted substantial financial resources, including raising approximately
$21.4 million in a private placement of its Common Stock and borrowing an
additional $20.0 million from IBM Credit, and incurring significant research and
development and sales and marketing expenses.  This business was never
profitable and the Company sold this line of business in February 1996.  In the
event that the increased use of such video editing products does not occur or in
the event that the Company is unable to successfully develop and market such
products, the Company's business, operating results and financial condition
would be materially adversely affected.

     The introduction of new products is inherently subject to risks of delay. 
Should the Company fail to introduce new products on a timely basis, the
operating results of the Company could be adversely affected.  The introduction
of new products and the phasing out of older products will require the Company
to carefully manage its inventory to avoid inventory obsolescence and may
require increase in inventory reserves.  The long lead times -- as much as three
to five months -- associated with the procurement of certain components
(principally displays and ASICs) exposes the Company to greater risk in
forecasting the demand for new products.  There can be no assurance that the
Company's forecasts regarding new product demand and its estimates of
appropriate inventory levels will be accurate.  Moreover, no assurance can be
given that the Company will be able to cause all of its new products to be
manufactured at acceptable manufacturing yields, that the Company will obtain
market acceptance for these products or that potential manufacturers will not be
hesitant to manufacture such new products as a result of the Company's financial
condition.  

DEPENDENCE ON INDIRECT DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS

     The Company's primary means of distribution is through a limited number of
third-party distributors and master resellers that are not under the direct
control of the Company.  Furthermore, the Company relies on one exclusive
distributor for its sales in each of Japan and Europe.  The Company does not
maintain a direct sales force.  As a result, the Company's business and
financial results are highly dependent on the amount of the Company's products
that is ordered by these distributors and resellers.  Such orders are in turn
dependent upon the continued viability and financial condition of these
distributors and resellers as well as on their ability to resell such products
and maintain appropriate inventory levels.  Furthermore, many of these
distributors and resellers generally carry the product lines of a number of
companies, are not subject to minimum order requirements and can discontinue
marketing the Company's products at any time.   Accordingly, the Company must
compete for the focus and sales efforts of these third parties.  Because certain
of the Company's major suppliers have arrangements with the Company pursuant to
which certain of the Company's major customers are responsible for payment of
goods sent to the Company, the Company is dependent on certain resellers to make
payments to its suppliers.  In addition, 

                                       12
<PAGE>

due in part to the historical volatility of the personal computer industry,
certain of the Company's resellers have from time to time experienced declining
profit margins, cash flow shortages and other financial difficulties.  The
future growth and success of the Company will continue to depend in large part
upon its indirect distribution channels, including its reseller channels.  If
its resellers or other distributors were to experience financial difficulties,
the Company's results of operations could be adversely affected.

INTERNATIONAL SALES

     Prior to the second fiscal quarter of 1996, the Company's international
sales were primarily made through distributors and the Company's subsidiary in
Japan.  Effective April 1, and July 1, 1996 the Company appointed an exclusive
distributor for Japan and Europe, respectively.  The Company expects that
international sales, particularly sales to Japan, will represent a significant
portion of its net sales and that it will be subject to the normal risks of
international sales such as currency fluctuations, longer payment cycles, export
controls and other governmental regulations and, in some countries, a lesser
degree of intellectual property protection as compared to that provided under
the laws of the United States.  In addition, demand for the Company's products
in Japan could be affected by the transition of its Japanese sales and marketing
efforts from Radius' subsidiary to a distributor.  Furthermore, a reduction in
sales efforts or financial viability of this distributor could adversely affect
the Company's net sales and its ability to provide service and support to
Japanese customers.  Additionally, fluctuations in exchange rates could affect
demand for the Company's products.  If for any reason exchange or price controls
or other restrictions on foreign currencies are imposed, the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely
affected. 

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The Company's success depends to a significant degree upon the continued
contributions of its key management, marketing, product development and
operational personnel and the Company's ability to retain and continue to
attract highly skilled personnel.  Competition for employees in the computer
industry is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to attract and retain qualified employees.  Many members of the Company's
management have departed within the past year, including its Chief Financial
Officer and three other Vice Presidents, and the Company has also had
substantial layoffs and other employee departures.  Because of the Company's
financial difficulties, it has become increasingly difficult for it to hire new
employees and retain key management and current employees.  Moreover, because
voting control of the Company rests in the hands of the Company's creditors as a
group, such creditors could, if acting together, effectuate changes in Board
composition or management.  The Company does not carry any key person life
insurance with respect to any of its personnel.

DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

     The Company relies on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and
trade secret protection, nondisclosure agreements and licensing arrangements to
establish and protect its proprietary rights.  The Company has a number of
patents and patent applications and intends to file additional patent
applications as it considers appropriate.  There can be no assurance that
patents will issue from any of these pending applications or, if patents do
issue, that any claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to protect the
Company's technology.  In addition, there can be no assurance that any patents
that may be issued to the Company will not be challenged, invalidated or
circumvented, or that any rights granted thereunder would provide proprietary
protection to the Company.  The Company has a number of trademarks and trademark
applications.  There can be no assurance that litigation with respect to
trademarks will not result from the Company's use of registered or common law
marks, or that, if litigation against the Company were successful, any resulting
loss of the right to use a trademark would not reduce sales of the Company's
products in addition to the possibility of a significant damages award. 
Although, the Company intends to defend its proprietary rights, policing
unauthorized use of proprietary technology or products is difficult, and there
can be no assurance that the Company's efforts will be successful.  The laws of
certain foreign countries may not protect the proprietary rights of the Company
to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

     The Company has received, and may receive in the future, communications
asserting that its products infringe the proprietary rights of third parties,
and the Company is engaged and has been engaged in litigation alleging that the
Company's products infringe others' patent rights.  As a result of such claims
or litigation, it may become necessary or desirable in the future for the
Company to obtain licenses relating to one or more of its products or relating
to current or future technologies, 

                                       13
<PAGE>

and there can be no assurance that it would be able to do so on commercially
reasonable terms.  See "Business -- Patents and Licenses."

CONTROL BY CREDITORS

    Upon consummation of the Plan, the Company's unsecured creditors and IBM
Credit owned in the aggregate approximately 69.7% of the voting power of the
Company (assuming exercise of all available options, such creditors would own
approximately 67% of the voting power of the Company).  IBM Credit owns
approximately 9.2% of the Company's voting power and the Committee Members own
approximately 38.6% of the voting power of the Company.  The Company's four
largest unsecured creditors, SCI Technology, Inc., Mitsubishi Electronics
America Corp., Hamilton Hallmark/Avnet Co. and Manufacturers Services Limited,
Inc. own approximately 16.2%, 6.7%, 5.3% and 2.9%, respectively, of the voting
power of the Company.  All of the Company's creditors acting together would
have voting control of the management and direction of the Company and could
also impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination
involving the Company or discourage a potential acquiror from making a tender
offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.  Although the
Committee Members have acted cooperatively with respect to the negotiation of
the Plan, the Company expects such creditors to continue to act cooperatively
with respect to their ownership of the Company's securities.

    The Company also intends to continue to do business with many of its
unsecured creditors, including Mitsubishi Electronics America Corp. and SCI
Technology, Inc., each of whom beneficially own more than 5% of the Company's
Common Stock.  As a result, such creditors may be able to influence the terms of
any business relationship between the Company and such creditor.  See "Certain
Transactions."

LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS

     There has been no public market for the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock or the Warrants and the Company does not intend to list such securities on
any national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System or the
Nasdaq SmallCap Market.  Accordingly, it is unlikely that an active public
market for such securities will ever develop.  Trading, if any, of such
securities would be conducted in the over-the-counter market in what are
commonly referred to as the "pink sheets."  As a result, purchasers may find it
more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the value
of, these securities.  Consequently, this lack of a public market may affect the
ability of purchasers in this offering to sell such securities in the secondary
market.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
     
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market could 
adversely affect the prevailing market price of the Company's Common Stock.  
As of the date of this Prospectus (the "Effective Date"), there will be 
approximately 54,441,297 shares of Common Stock outstanding, substantially 
all of which will be available for sale without restriction under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") (as compared with 
approximately 18,147,099 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of August 31, 
1996) except for those shares which are held by affiliates of the Company.  
If the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted and if the Warrants 
are exercised, up to an additional 17,721,393 shares (including 11,046,060 
shares issuable pursuant to the Rights) will be available for sale in the 
public market.  The tradability of such shares of Common Stock could 
materially and adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.  See 
"-- Volatility of Stock Price."
     
     In addition, the Company is required to pay (on a quarterly basis) an 
annual dividend of $300,000 (or $0.40 per share) on the Series A Convertible 
Preferred Stock.  This dividend may be paid in cash or Common Stock of the 
Company.  Depending upon its financial position on any dividend payment date, 
such dividends may be paid in the form of shares of Common Stock instead of 
cash.  In the event such dividend is fully paid in shares of Common Stock, a 
number of shares having a market value of up to $75,000, the amount of such 
quarterly dividend, will be issued each quarter. The Company is offering 
Common Stock having a market value of $600,000 (representing the first eight 
quarterly dividend payments) in the event that such dividend is paid in 
Common Stock and are included in the Registration Statement of which this 
Prospectus is a part and will be freely tradable. Subsequent dividends in the 
form of shares of Common Stock will be subject to the provisions of Rule 144, 
including the holding period requirements.
     
     As of August 31, 1996 there were 1,258,689 shares reserved for issuance
upon exercise of options outstanding under the Company's stock option plans
(collectively, the "Plans").  As of such date there were an additional 1,777,862
shares of 

                                       14
<PAGE>

Common Stock available for issuance under options to be granted under the Plans
and 146,824 shares reserved for issuances for purchases under the Company's
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  All of the shares of Common Stock to be issued
upon exercise of options granted or to be granted or upon stock purchases will
be available for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 volume
limitations applicable to affiliates.  The Company intends to adopt a new stock
option plan covering 2,865,658 shares of its Common Stock (which plan will be
amended to cover an aggregate of 4,706,668 shares of Common Stock in the event
that the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock). 
The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the
additional shares of Common Stock to be covered by this new plan.  Accordingly,
shares subject to options granted under such plan will be available for sale in
the public market after the effective date of such registration statement.
     
     In the event that the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is not converted
or the Warrants are not exercised during the term of this offering, the holders
of such securities have demand registration rights with respect to the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock or upon exercise of the Warrants which were not converted or exercised
during such period.  IBM Credit also has demand registration rights with respect
to any shares of Common Stock which are paid in lieu of cash dividends on the
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock after such two-year period.  These demand
registration rights will permit such holders to cause the Company, on up to two
occasions, to register such unsold shares of underlying Common Stock commencing
two years after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part.  All expenses incurred in connection with such
registrations (other than underwriters' discounts and commissions) will be borne
by the Company.  These registration rights will expire once all the securities
covered thereby may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 in a three month period without
registration.  Such expiration date will be no earlier than September 1998.  See
"Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights."
     
POSSIBLE DELISTING OF COMMON STOCK FROM NASDAQ SMALLCAP MARKET
     
     The Company's Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market 
pursuant to an agreement with the NASD which requires that the Company comply 
with the continued listing requirements for the Nasdaq SmallCap Market. 
Failure to meet the continued listing requirements in the future would 
subject the Common Stock to delisting.  As described under "Recent 
Developments -- Nasdaq National Market Delisting," the Common Stock could be 
delisted from the Nasdaq SmallCap Market in the event that the price of the 
Common Stock drops below $1.00 per share for 10 consecutive trading days (the 
last reported sales price for the Common Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market 
on September 16, 1996 was $1-11/32 per share).  Because of the substantial 
increase in the number of tradable shares of Common Stock, there could be 
downward pressure on the trading price of the Common Stock, which could cause 
the Company to fail to meet the minimum bid price requirement for the Nasdaq 
SmallCap Market.  If the Company's Common Stock is delisted, there can be no 
assurance that the Company will meet the requirements for initial inclusion, 
particularly the $3.00 minimum per share bid requirement. Trading, if any, in 
the listed securities after delisting would be conducted in the 
over-the-counter market in what are commonly referred to as the "pink 
sheets."  As a result, investors may find it more difficult to dispose of, or 
to obtain accurate quotations as to the value of, the Company's securities.  
See "--Volatility of Stock Price" and "Recent Developments -- Nasdaq National 
Market Delisting."
     
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
shares of Common Stock offered by it hereby.  The Company may issue such shares
of Common Stock in lieu of its obligation to pay cash dividends of $600,000 for
the next two years on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  

     The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of securities by
the Selling Securityholders.  The Company will bear estimated expenses of
approximately $250,000.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                           PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

     The Company's Common Stock has been quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
from August 21, 1991 until July 1, 1996.  The Company's Common stock is now
quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "RDUS."  The high and low
sales prices for the Common Stock are indicated below.
     

Year Ended September 30, 1994                      Low                  High
- -----------------------------                     ----                 -----

First Quarter (October-December)                 7 1/4                 17 1/2
Second Quarter (January-March)                  13 3/4                 17 3/4
Third Quarter (April-June)                       8 3/4                 15 1/2
Fourth Quarter (July-September)                      8                 10 1/4
                                                      
Year Ended September 30, 1995                                          
- -----------------------------
First Quarter                                    7 5/8                 10 1/4
Second Quarter                                       9                 14 1/2
Third Quarter                                    9 1/2                 13 3/4
Fourth Quarter                                 6 15/16                 12 1/2
                                                                       
Year Ending September 30, 1996
- --------------------------------                                       
First Quarter                                  1 15/16                 7 1/8
Second Quarter                                   15/16                 2 1/2
Third Quarter                                   2 3/16                 4 5/8
Fourth Quarter (through September 16, 1996)      1 1/4                 2 5/8

     As of September 16, 1996, the last sales price as reported on the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market for the Common Stock was $1 11/32.
     
     On August 31, 1996, there were approximately 4,450 holders of record of the
Company's Common Stock.
                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common
Stock.  As explained under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources" contained
elsewhere in this Prospectus, funds will be required to support future losses
and working capital needs for these reasons.  The terms of the Company's
restructured loan agreement with IBM Credit prohibits the payment of any cash
dividends so long as the loans are outstanding.  In addition, the 10% annual
cumulative dividend on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock must be paid
before any dividends may be paid on the Common Stock.  The Company currently
anticipates that it will retain any future earnings for use in its business and
does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  The
payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's Board
of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, future earnings,
operations, capital requirements, the general financial condition of the
Company, general business conditions and contractual restrictions on payment of
dividends, if any.

                                       16
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
                                        
The following table is intended to provide certain information to illustrate the
effects of the consummation of the Plan on the Company's capitalization.  The
table sets forth (i) the historical capitalization of the Company as of June 30,
1996, and (ii) such capitalization, as adjusted to reflect (i) the settlement of
approximately $46.8 million (not including the $1.0 million reserve allocated 
to the Radius Creditors Trust) of accounts payable, accrued liabilities and
customer credit balances in exchange for $470,000 in cash (together with the
$1.4 million gain from such discounted cash payment) and 36,294,198 shares of
Common Stock; (ii) the additional advance of $470,000 from IBM Credit; (iii) the
restructuring of the IBM Credit loan and the issuance of 750,000 shares of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to IBM Credit; the reversal of the
restructuring accrual of $2.4 million related to the settlement of the related
cancellation fees accrued; and (iv) the issuance of Common Stock having a market
value of $600,000 in lieu of cash dividend payments for the first eight
quarterly dividend payments on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (based
upon an assumed market price of $111/32 per share, the last sales price on the
Nasdaq SmallCap Market on September 16, 1996).  The as adjusted amounts assume
that the carrying value of the claims settled equals the value of the equity
securities issued.  The difference, to be determined, between the two values
will not affect the combined total of Common Stock and accumulated deficit.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                    AS
                                                                            HISTORICAL           ADJUSTED (1)
                                                                            ----------           ------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                   <C>
Capitalization:
Current Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          91,444             25,594
Obligations under capital leases - noncurrent portion. . . . . . . . .             321                321
Long-term liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              --             18,420
                                                                            -----------          ----------
Preferred Stock, no par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized,
     no shares issued and outstanding, historical; 2,000,000
     shares authorized, 750,000 shares of Series A Convertible
     Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, as adjusted . . . . . . .              --              3,000

Common Stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 
     18,147,099 shares issued and outstanding, historical;
     100,000,000 shares authorized, 54,887,726 shares 
     outstanding, as adjusted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         126,243            171,743
Accumulated translation adjustment   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              14                 14
Accumulated deficit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (174,144)          (170,914)
                                                                            -----------         -----------
          Total capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $  43,878            $48,178
                                                                            -----------         ----------
                                                                            -----------         ----------
</TABLE>

- -----------------------
(1)  Excludes shares issuable upon exercise of any Warrants.  Also assumes no
     exercise of stock options granted or to be granted under the Company's
     stock option plans.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                                        
     The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto
included elsewhere herein.  The consolidated statements of operations data set
forth below with respect to the years ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993
and the consolidated balance sheet data at September 30, 1995 and 1994 are
derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere herein and should be read in conjunction
with those financial statements and the notes thereto.  The consolidated
statements of operations data for the years ended September 30, 1992 and 1991
and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 1993, 1992 and 1991
are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included herein. 
The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of and for the nine-
month periods ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 are derived from the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of the Company and, in the Company's opinion,
include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments
necessary to present fairly the financial position and results of operations for
those periods.  The results of operations for the nine months ended June 30,
1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any
other interim period or for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                     
                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, (1)               
                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1995         1994 (2)        1993 (2)       1992 (2)      1991 (2)  
                                                -----         --------        --------       -------       --------  
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF 
     OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>       
Net sales                                      $308,133       $324,805       $337,373       $284,598       $199,033  
Cost of sales                                   302,937        276,948        254,321        181,198        130,918  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
     Gross profit                                 5,196         47,857         83,052        103,400         68,115  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Operating expenses:
     Research and development                    19,310         33,956         33,503         21,093         14,576  
     Selling, general and administrative         90,068         94,731         84,132         61,824         44,054  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
       Total operating expenses                 109,378        128,687        117,635         82,917         58,630  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Income (loss) from operations                  (104,182)       (80,830)       (34,583)        20,483          9,485  
Other income (expense), net                      (6,068)        (1,245)            70            878            731  
Litigation settlement                           (12,422)            --             --             --             --  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------

Income (loss) before income taxes and
     cumulative effect of a change in 
     accounting principle                      (122,672)       (82,075)       (34,513)        21,361         10,216  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes              9,070         (4,600)       (13,774)         8,329          4,012  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of
     a change in accounting principle          (131,742)       (77,475)       (20,739)        13,032          6,204  
Cumulative effect of a change in method of
     accounting for income taxes                     --             --            600             --             --  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Net income (loss)                             $(131,742)      $(77,475)      $(20,139)       $13,032         $6,204  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------

Net income (loss) per share:
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of
     a change in accounting principle         $   (8.75)      $  (5.70)      $  (1.61)       $  1.04         $ 0.54  
Cumulative effect of a change in method
     accounting for income taxes                     --             --           0.05             --             --  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Net income (loss) per share                   $   (8.75)      $  (5.70)      $  (1.56)       $  1.04        $ 0.54  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------

Common and common equivalent shares
     used in computing net income (loss)
     per share                                   15,049         13,598         12,905         12,485         11,473  
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
                                               --------       --------       --------       --------       --------



<CAPTION>
                                               
                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED       
                                                     JUNE 30,     
                                               -------------------------
                                                 1996           1995    
                                                 ----           ----    
                                                                        
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF                                              
     OPERATIONS DATA:                                                   
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          
Net sales                                       $83,261       $251,007  
Cost of sales                                    67,175        184,882  
                                               --------       -------- 
     Gross profit                                16,086         66,125
                                               --------       --------  
Operating expenses:                                                    
     Research and development                     6,241         13,780  
     Selling, general and administrative         21,430         48,725 
                                               --------       -------- 
     Total operating expenses                    27,671         62,505 
                                               --------       -------- 
Income (loss) from operations                   (11,585)         3,620  
Other income (expense), net                      21,090         (4,605) 
Litigation settlement                                --        (12,422) 
                                               --------       -------- 

Income (loss) before income taxes and                                  
     cumulative effect of a change in                                  
     accounting principle                         9,505        (13,407) 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                656            450  
                                               --------       -------- 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of                              
     a change in accounting principle             8,849        (13,857) 
Cumulative effect of a change in method of                             
     accounting for income taxes                     --             --  
                                               --------       -------- 
Net income (loss)                                $8,849       $(13,857) 
                                               --------       -------- 
                                               --------       -------- 
Net income (loss) per share:                                           
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of                              
     a change in accounting principle            $ 0.49         $(0.96) 
Cumulative effect of a change in method                                
     accounting for income taxes                     --             --  
                                               --------       -------- 
Net income (loss) per share                      $ 0.49        $ (0.96) 
                                               --------       --------
                                               --------       -------- 
Common and common equivalent shares                                    
     used in computing net income (loss)                               
     per share                                   17,950         14,386  
                                                 ------        -------  
                                                 ------        -------  
                                                                        
</TABLE>

                                       18

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30, (1)
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1995         1994 (2)       1993 (2)         1992 (2)     1991 (2)    JUNE 30, 1996
                                                 ----         -------        --------         -------      --------    -------------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:   
Working capital (Working capital deficiency)   ($59,334)       $29,856       $ 86,711       $ 84,303       $ 60,748       $(49,183)
Total assets                                     87,878        126,859        172,275        150,658        106,306         43,878
Long-term debt---concurrent portion               1,331          2,857          3,975          1,935          2,707            321
Shareholders' equity (Net capital deficiency)   (57,117)        35,691         98,155         96,631         70,400        (47,887)
</TABLE>

(1)  The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to September 30 and
includes 53 weeks in fiscal 1993 and 52 weeks in all other fiscal years
presented.  During fiscal 1995, the Company changed its fiscal year end from the
Sunday closest to September 30 to the Saturday closest to September 30 for
operational efficiency purposes.  For clarity of presentation, all fiscal
periods are reported as ending on a calendar month end.  

(2)  These periods have been restated to reflect the Merger of Radius and
SuperMac which has been accounted for as a pooling of interests.  See Note 10 of
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The consolidated financial
statements for all periods prior to fiscal 1994 have not been restated to adjust
SuperMac's fiscal year end to that of Radius.  Such periods include Radius'
results of operations and balance sheet data on a September 30 fiscal year basis
and SuperMac's on a December 31 calendar year basis.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


     THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  ACTUAL RESULTS COULD
DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE PROJECTED IN THE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A
RESULT OF THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

OVERVIEW

     As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the 
Company has incurred recurring operating losses and until recently, had a 
deficiency in assets and working capital.  In addition, the Company has 
recently restructured its loan agreement with IBM Credit.  The Company has 
granted a security interest in most of its assets to IBM Credit.  Since the 
end of its last fiscal year, the Company's relatively limited cash resources 
have restricted the Company's ability to purchase inventory, which in turn 
has limited its ability to manufacture and sell products and has resulted in 
additional costs for expedited deliveries.  The adverse effect on the 
Company's results of operations due to its limited cash resources can be 
expected to continue until such time as the Company is able to return to 
profitability, or generate additional cash from other sources.  These 
conditions raise concerns about the Company's ability to continue operations 
as a going concern.  In addition to the Plan described below, management has 
implemented a number of actions to address these conditions including: 
refocusing its efforts on providing solutions for high end digital video and 
graphics customers; discontinuing sales of mass market and other low value 
added products; divesting its color server, monochrome display businesses and 
its MacOS compatible systems products and other product lines; significantly 
reducing expenses and headcount; subleasing all or a portion of its current 
facility given its reduced occupancy requirements; and investigating various 
strategic partnering opportunities and other divestitures.  

     In September 1996, the Company, IBM Credit and its unsecured creditors 
consummated a debt-for-equity exchange (the "Plan").  Unsecured creditors 
forgave approximately $45.9 million of claims (including a $1.0 million 
reserve for unknown or unresolved claims) in consideration of the issuance of 
36,294,198 shares of Common Stock and Rights to receive 11,046,060 additional 
shares of Common Stock in the event that the Series A Convertible Preferred 
Stock is converted into Common Stock (such numbers include 791,280 and 
240,824 shares of Common Stock and Rights, respectively, issued to the Radius 
Creditors Trust for the purpose of satisfying a portion of any unknown or 
unresolved claims).  Certain unsecured creditors, most of which had claims of 
less than $50,000 (representing an aggregate of approximately $1.9 million in 
claims), were paid cash at an average discount of approximately 75% of the 
amount of the claim in satisfaction of their claims.  The Company's secured 
creditor, IBM Credit, received 750,000 shares of Series A Convertible 
Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock in 
satisfaction of $3.0 million of indebtedness and restructuring the terms of 
the Company's remaining approximately $23.4 million indebtedness to IBM 
Credit.

     After the consummation of the plan, to the Company's knowledge, there 
remained unsatisfied claims against the Company, which the Company does not 
dispute, of approximately $200,000.  The Company has issued an aggregate of 
791,280 shares of Common Stock and an additional 240,504 Rights to the Radius 
Creditors Trust, for the purpose of satisfying a portion of any such 
remaining or previously unknown claims.  There can be no assurance that this 
amount will be sufficient to satisfy any such claims.  If the Company cannot 
settle or repay these remaining claims or any previously unknown claims, 
there can be no assurance that such claimants will not institute enforcement 
proceedings in order to collect their claims.  Any such proceedings could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of 
operations and financial condition.  In addition, of the approximately 300 
persons the Company believed to be Convenience Class Creditors, approximately 
50 persons claimed that no balance was owed to such creditors.  There can be 
no assurance that such creditors will not, in the future, assert claims 
against the Company.  See "Recent Developments -- Debt for Equity Exchange."

     The adverse effect on the Company's results of operations due to its
limited cash resources can be expected to continue until such time as the
Company is able to return to operational profitability, or generate additional
cash from other sources.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to do so.  See "Risk Factors -- Continuing Operating Losses; Going Concern
Considerations."
     
     The Company experienced net operating losses in the fiscal quarters 
ended March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, and in each of the fiscal years 
ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993.  The Company's ability to continue 
operations will depend, initially, upon the Company's ability to repay 
creditors with whom accommodations cannot be reached (assuming such remaining 
creditors do not institute enforcement proceedings against the Company). In 
the future, the Company's ability to sustain profitable operations will 
depend upon a number of other factors, including

                                       20
<PAGE>

the Company's ability to control costs; the Company's ability to service and 
repay its restructured indebtedness to IBM Credit; the Company's ability to 
develop innovative and cost-competitive new products and to bring those 
products to market in a timely manner; the continual commercial acceptance of 
Apple computers and the rate and mix of Apple computers and related products 
sold; competitive factors such as new product introductions, product 
enhancements and aggressive marketing and pricing practices; general economic 
conditions; and other factors.  The Company has faced and expects to continue 
to face increased competition in graphic cards as a result of Apple's 
transition of its product line to the PCI Bus.  For these and other reasons, 
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain or 
increase profitability in the near term, if at all.  See "Risk Factors -- 
Continuing Operating Losses; Going Concern Considerations," and "-- Need for 
Additional Financing; Loan Restrictions."

     The Company has experienced substantial fluctuations in operating results. 
The Company's customers generally order on an as-needed basis, and the Company
has historically operated with relatively small backlogs.  Quarterly sales and
operating results depend heavily on the volume and timing of bookings received
during the quarter, which are difficult to forecast.  A substantial portion of
the Company's revenues are derived from sales made late in each quarter, which
increases the difficulty in forecasting sales accurately.  Since the end of its
1995 fiscal year, shortages of available cash have delayed the Company's receipt
of products from suppliers and increased shipping and other costs.  The Company
recognizes sales upon shipment of product, and allowances are recorded for
estimated uncollectable amounts, returns, credits and similar costs, including
product warranties and price protection.  Due to the inherent uncertainty of
such estimates, there can be no assurance that the Company's forecasts regarding
bookings, collections, rates of return, credits and related matters will be
accurate.  A significant portion of the operating expenses of the Company are
relatively fixed in nature, and planned expenditures are based primarily on
sales forecasts which, as indicated above, are uncertain.  Any inability on the
part of the Company to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for any
failure to meet sales forecasts or to receive anticipated collections, or any
unexpected increase in product returns or other costs, could also have an
adverse impact on the Company's operating results.  See "Risk Factors --
Fluctuations in Operating Results."


                                       21
<PAGE>


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth for the periods indicated certain
operational data as a percentage of net sales (may not add due to rounding).  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                        JUNE 30,
                                                          ---------------------------------            -----------------------
                                                            1995      1994      1993                      1996           1995
                                                            ----      ----      -----                    ----           -----
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>        <C>                      <C>            <C>
     Net sales                                              100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %                  100.0 %        100.0 %
     Cost of sales                                           98.3      85.3      75.4                     80.7           73.7
                                                             ----    ------    ------                   ------         ------
          Gross profit                                        1.7      14.7      24.6                     19.3           26.3
                                                                                                        ------         ------
     Operating expenses:
          Research and development                            6.3      10.5       9.9                      7.5            5.5
          Selling, general, and administrative               29.2      29.2      24.9                     25.7           19.4
                                                            -----      ----     -----                  -------         ------
               Total operating expenses                      35.5      39.6      34.9                     33.2           24.9
                                                            -----     -----     -----                   ------         ------
     Income (loss) from operations                          (33.8)    (24.9)    (10.3)                   (13.9)          1.4 
     Other income (expense), net                             (2.0)     (0.4)                              25.3           (1.8)
     Litigation settlement                                   (4.0)     --        --                       --             (4.9)
                                                            -----   -------   -------                   ------           -----
     Income (loss) before income taxes                      (39.8)    (25.3)    (10.2)                    11.4           (5.3)
     Provision (benefit) for income taxes                     2.9      (1.4)     (4.1)                     0.8            0.2
                                                             ----    ------    -------                  ------           -----
     Income (loss) before cumulative effect of 
          a change in accounting principle                  (42.8)    (23.9)     (6.1)                    10.6           (5.5)
     Cumulative effect of change in method of 
          accounting for income taxes                        --        --         0.2                      --              --
                                                           ------   -------     -----                   ------          ------
     Net income (loss)                                      (42.8)%   (23.9)%    (6.0)%                   10.6 %         (5.5)%
                                                          --------  --------    -------                -------         ------
                                                          --------  --------    -------                -------         ------

</TABLE>


NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995

     NET SALES.  Net sales for the first nine months of fiscal 1996 decreased
66.8% to $83.3 million from $251.0 million in the same period in fiscal 1995. 
This decline was primarily due to the Company's efforts to refocus its business
which included exiting markets for high-volume low-margin displays, reduced
sales of the Company's video and graphics products caused by Apple's shift from
Nubus to PCI Bus computers, and business divestitures.

     As a result of the sale by the Company of its Color Server Group, the
Company recorded no revenue from sales of color server products in the third and
second quarter of its 1996 fiscal year and recorded approximately $7.0 million
of net sales for the first quarter of its 1996 fiscal year. The Company
anticipates significantly lower overall net sales in the immediate future as a
result of the Company's decision to focus its efforts on providing solutions for
high end digital video and graphics customers, discontinue selling mass market
displays and other low value added products, and the divestiture of certain
businesses such as its color server group and MacOS compatible systems. Revenues
attributable to the Company's Color Server Group were $21.7 million for the nine
months ended June 30, 1995. Had the net sales of the Color Server Group not been
included in net sales for the nine months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, net
sales for such periods would have been $229.3 million and $76.3 million,
respectively. See "-- Business Divestitures."

     One customer accounted for 39.0% of the Company's net sales for the nine
months ended June 30, 1996.  For the corresponding period of fiscal 1995, one
customer accounted for 25.1% of the Company's net sales.

     The Company's export sales for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 was
52.8% of net sales.  The Company anticipates a decline in the percentage of net
sales attributable to the Asia-Pacific and European sales regions in connection
with the appointments of a Japanese and a European distributor.  Export sales
are subject to the normal risks associated with doing business in foreign
countries such as currency fluctuations, longer payment cycles, greater
difficulties in accounts receivable collection, export controls and other
government regulations and, in some countries, a lesser degree of intellectual
property protection as compared to that provided under the laws of the United
States.  The Company hedges substantially all of its trade receivables
denominated in foreign currency through the use of foreign currency forward
exchange contracts based on third party commitments.  Gains and losses 

                                       22
<PAGE>

associated with currency rate changes on forward contracts are recognized in the
Company's consolidated statements of operations upon contract settlement and
were not material in the first nine months of fiscal 1996 or 1995.

     GROSS PROFIT.  The Company's gross profit margin was 19.3% for the nine
month period ending June 30, 1996, as compared with 26.3% for the corresponding
period in fiscal 1995.  The decline in gross margin was primarily due to pricing
pressure, greater competition in PCI Bus products than in Nubus products, and
price declines on lower margin displays related to the Company's exit from that
business. 

     In addition, the Color Server Group had gross profit margin of 34.9% for
the nine months ended June 30, 1995.  Had the Color Server Group business been
excluded from the calculation of gross profit margin for such period, the
Company's gross profit margin would have been 22.6% for the nine months ended
June 30, 1995.

     The Company anticipates continued price reductions and margin pressure
within its industry.  The Company is responding to these trends by focusing on
higher margin products, taking further steps to reduce product costs and
controlling expenses.  There can be no assurance that the Company's gross
margins will recover or remain at current levels.

     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses
decreased from $13.8 million or 5.5% of net sales for the first nine months of
fiscal 1995 to $6.2 million or 7.5% of net sales for the corresponding period in
fiscal 1996.  The Company decreased its research and development expenses
primarily by reducing expenses related to headcount resulting from the Company's
efforts to refocus its business and business divestitures.  The increase in
research and development expenses expressed as a percentage of net sales for the
nine months ended June 30, 1996, was primarily attributed to the decrease in net
sales and the Company's refocusing on higher-end products, rather than high-
volume lower-margin products.

     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased from $48.7 million or 19.4% of net sales for
the first nine months of fiscal 1995 to $21.4 million or 25.7% of net sales for
the corresponding period in fiscal 1996.  Expenses in the nine month period of
fiscal 1995 included a reduction of approximately $2.1 million of merger-related
restructuring reserves to reflect current requirements.

     During the second quarter of fiscal 1996, the building in which the Company
leases its headquarters was sold.  In connection with the sale, the Company
terminated its existing lease and entered into a lease with the new owner of the
building.  In connection with the final terms of this new lease, expenses in the
third quarter of fiscal 1996 included a reduction of approximately $913,000 of
restructuring reserves to reflect current requirements.  The Company anticipates
that the change of rental terms will help reduce the Company's occupancy costs
and long-term lease obligations.

     The Company decreased its selling, general and administrative expenses
primarily by reducing expenses related to headcount resulting from the Company's
efforts to refocus its business and business divestitures.  The increase in
selling, general and administrative expenses expressed as a percentage of net
sales was primarily attributed to the decrease in net sales and the Company's
refocusing on higher-end products, rather than high-volume lower-margin
products.

     OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET.  Other income was $21.1 million for the nine
months ended June 30, 1996, as compared to other expense of $4.6 million for the
corresponding period in fiscal 1995. The increase was due primarily to  other
income of approximately of $23.8 million resulting from the Company's
divestitures of three business lines, including the Color Server Group,
partially offset by approximately $3.1 million in interest expense on amounts
outstanding under the Company's loan agreements.

     PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.  The Company recorded a tax provision of
$656,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 as compared to a provision for
taxes for the comparable period of fiscal 1995 of $450,000.  The tax provision
is primarily comprised of foreign taxes.

     FASB Statement 109 provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if
realization of such assets is more likely than not.  The Company's valuation
allowance reduced the deferred tax asset to the amount realizable.  The Company
has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets due
to uncertainties surrounding their realization. Due to the net losses reported
in the prior three years and as a result of the material changes in operations
reported in its 1995 fiscal fourth quarter, predictability of earnings in future
periods is uncertain. The Company will evaluate the realizability of the
deferred tax asset on a quarterly basis.


                                       23
<PAGE>


     As a result of the issuance of Common Stock and Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock in exchange for certain liabilities of the Company, the Company
has experienced a "change of ownership" as defined under Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code.  Accordingly, the net operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards will be subject to a substantial annual limitation regarding their
utilization against future tax liabilities.  This limitation will result in the
expiration of all of the tax credit carryforwards and a substantial portion of
the net operating loss carryforwards.

     NET INCOME (LOSS).  As a result of the above factors, the Company had net
income of $8.8 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996, as compared to a
net loss of $13.9 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1995.  

FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994

     NET SALES.  The Company's net sales decreased 5.1% to $308.1 million in
fiscal 1995 from $324.8 million in fiscal 1994.   Fiscal 1995 net sales were
reduced by approximately $11.4 million due to reserves taken by the Company in
anticipation of future price reductions on a number of its graphics cards, MacOS
compatible systems and other products that are designed for Apple's NuBus-based
computers which have been largely replaced by Apple's recently introduced PCI
Bus-based computers.

     During the 1995 fiscal year, net sales of graphics cards declined
substantially due primarily to reduced demand resulting from Apple's
incorporation of built-in graphics capabilities in its PowerPC based Macintosh
systems.  Net sales from displays, accelerator cards and printers also declined
during the 1995 fiscal year.  These declines were largely offset by sales of
MacOS compatible systems which were first introduced in the 1995 fiscal year and
by a substantial increase of approximately $13.5 million in net sales from the
Company's color server products.  In January 1996, the Company completed the
sale of its color server business and in February, 1996, its MacOS business.

     While net sales from the Company's digital video products increased
slightly during the fiscal year, the Company anticipates lower revenue from this
product line until the introduction of new products now under development. 
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully develop,
introduce and market these new products or that these products will achieve
commercial success.

     The Company anticipates significantly lower overall net sales in fiscal
1996 as a result of the Company's decision to focus its efforts on providing
solutions for high end digital video and graphics customers, discontinue selling
mass market displays and other low value added products, and the divestiture of
certain businesses such as its color server group and MacOS compatible systems. 
Net sales attributable to the Company's Color Server Group and MacOS compatible
systems were approximately $29.3 million and $21.8, respectively for fiscal
1995.  Had the net sales of these businesses not been included in net sales for
the 1995 fiscal year, the Company's net sales for such fiscal year would have
been approximately $257 million.
     
     Export sales represented approximately 40.4%, 34.5%, and 32.0% of net sales
for fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  See Note 7 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.  Export sales are subject to the normal risks
associated with doing business in foreign countries such as currency
fluctuations, longer payment cycles, greater difficulties in accounts receivable
collection, export controls and other government regulations and, in some
countries, a lesser degree of intellectual property protection as compared to
that provided under the laws of the United States.
     
     GROSS PROFIT.  The Company's gross profit margin including restructuring
and other charges declined to 1.7% in fiscal 1995, compared to 14.7%, in fiscal
1994.  The Company's gross profit margin excluding the restructuring and other
charges declined to 16.9% in fiscal 1995, compared to 27.3% in fiscal 1994. 
Excluding restructuring and other charges, the Company's gross profit margin
declined primarily due to lower sales of higher margin graphics cards, costs
incurred to process higher than expected product returns resulting from the
consolidation of the Radius and SuperMac product lines and slower than expected
sell through of its Radius Telecast digital video product, significant price
erosion on NuBus based MacOS compatible systems combined with high production
costs for these systems, the sale of end of life products, and increased pricing
pressures.  The Company anticipates continued competitive pricing actions
resulting in declining prices in its industry.
     
     In addition, the Color Server Group and MacOS businesses had gross profit
(loss) of approximately $9.8 million and ($19.2 million), respectively for
fiscal 1995.  Had those businesses not been included in the calculation of the
Company's gross profit for fiscal 1995, gross profit for such fiscal year would
have been approximately $14.6 million, with a gross profit margin of
approximately 5.7%.

                                       24
<PAGE>

     
     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses
decreased to $19.3 million, or 6.3% of net sales, in fiscal 1995 from $34.0
million, or 10.5% of net sales, in fiscal 1994.  The Company's research and
development expenses in fiscal 1994 included restructuring and other charges of
$4.3 million.  No restructuring and other charges were included in research and
development expenses in fiscal 1995.  The remainder of the decrease in research
and development expenses during the fiscal year was primarily due to the
reduction of expenses as a result of the Company's restructuring following the
Merger.  The merger-related restructuring resulted in reduced costs primarily
related to headcount, depreciation, and facilities.
     
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses including restructuring and other charges decreased to
$90.1 million, or 29.2% of net sales, in fiscal 1995 from $94.7 million, or
29.2% of net sales, in fiscal 1994.  Selling, general and administrative
expenses excluding restructuring and other charges decreased to $79.2 million,
or 25.7% of net sales,  in fiscal 1995 from $84.0 million,  or 25.9% of net
sales, in fiscal 1994.   The decrease in selling, general and administrative
expenses during the fiscal year was primarily due to the reduction of expenses
as a result of the Company's restructuring following the Merger.  The merger-
related restructuring resulted in reduced costs primarily related to headcount,
depreciation and facilities.
     
     PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.  The Company's annual combined federal and
state effective income tax rates were approximately (7.4%) (expense) in fiscal
1995 and 6% (benefit) in fiscal 1994.  In fiscal 1995, the rate differs from the
combined statutory rate in effect during the period primarily as a result of the
impact of not benefiting the 1995 operating losses and the reversal of existing
deferred tax assets.  The fiscal 1994 rate differs from the combined statutory
rate in effect during the period primarily as a result of non-deductible merger
related costs, the one time write-off of purchased research and development
which is not tax deductible and the impact of not benefiting a significant
portion of the 1994 operating loss.
     
     FASB Statement 109 provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if
realization of such assets is more likely than not.  The Company's valuation
allowance reduced the deferred tax asset to the amount realizable.  The Company
has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets due
to uncertainties surrounding their realization.  Due to the net losses reported
in the prior three years and as a result of the material changes in operations
reported in its 1995 fiscal fourth quarter, predictability of earnings in future
periods is uncertain.  The Company will evaluate the realizability of the
deferred tax asset on a quarterly basis.
     
     OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE).  Other expense increased 387.4% to $6.1 million in
fiscal 1995 from $1.2 million in fiscal 1994.  This increase was due primarily
to increased interest expense for outstanding borrowings and increased cash
discounts offered to customers for early payment and flooring charges relating
to the Company's accounts receivable.
     
     NET INCOME (LOSS).  As a result of the above factors net loss increased
69.9% to $131.7 million in fiscal 1995 from $77.5 million in fiscal year 1994. 
The Color Server Group had net income of approximately $3.5 million for fiscal
1995, had this business not been included in the calculation of the Company's
net loss for fiscal 1995, the Company would have had a net loss of approximately
$135.2 million for such fiscal year.
     
FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993
     
     NET SALES.  The Company's net sales decreased 3.7% to $324.8 million in
fiscal 1994 from $337.4 million in fiscal 1993.  The Company believes that this
decline in net sales was in part attributable to the customers postponing
purchasing decisions during the fourth quarter as a result of uncertainty as to
which of the Company's product lines would be supported and which would be
discontinued following the Merger.  Sales were flat for the nine months ended
June 30, 1994 prior to the Merger.  Net sales of video products and displays
increased but this increase was offset by pricing pressure on graphics cards. 
Demand was lower than anticipated for graphics cards due to the introduction of
the Power Macintosh by Apple and the resulting customer uncertainty surrounding
the need for graphics acceleration given the built-in video capabilities of this
new product.
     
     GROSS PROFIT.  The Company's gross profit margin including the
restructuring and other charges declined to 14.7% in fiscal 1994, compared to
24.6%, in fiscal 1993.  The Company's gross profit margin excluding the
restructuring charges declined to 27.3% in fiscal 1994, compared to 31.8% in
fiscal 1993.  See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements regarding
the restructuring and other charges for SuperMac in December 1993 and Merger
related restructuring and other 


                                       25
<PAGE>

charges in September 1994.  Excluding the restructuring charges, the decline in
gross margins was due to increased pricing pressures and a change in the product
mix favoring lower margin displays over higher margin graphics accelerator
cards.
     
     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses
increased slightly to $34.0 million, or 10.5% of net sales, in fiscal 1994 from
$33.5 million, or 9.9% of net sales, in fiscal 1993.  The relatively flat
absolute dollar expenditures in research and development activities were due to
recording significant restructuring and other charges related to development
project cancellations, equipment disposal, and severance in fiscal 1994 offset
by the decrease in expenditures in fiscal 1994 as a result of the cancellation
of Radius' efforts to develop a variety of technologies originally intended for
a minicomputer-class server product.  Additionally, the research and development
expenses appeared flat due to the SuperMac 1993 restructuring of $2.0 million
for development project cancellations included in both the fiscal 1993 and
fiscal 1994 results of operations.
     
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased to $94.7 million, or  29.2% of net sales, in
fiscal 1994 from $84.1 million, or 24.9% of net sales, in fiscal 1993.  The
increase in absolute dollars was primarily due to increased personnel expense,
market development expenses, restructuring and other charges in fiscal 1994 and
the Company's investment in its information system.  The 1993 restructuring and
other charges included the elimination of excess facilities, capital equipment
write-offs, severance payments and the termination of certain contractual
agreements.  Restructuring and other charges for fiscal 1994 included the
elimination of duplicative facilities, property and equipment and other assets,
severance payments, as well as transaction fees and costs incidental to the
Merger.
     
     PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.  The Company's annual combined federal and
state effective income tax rates were approximately 6% in fiscal 1994 and 40% in
fiscal 1993 before the cumulative effect of the change in method of accounting
for income taxes.  The fiscal 1994 rate differs from the combined statutory rate
in effect during the period primarily as a result of non-deductible merger
related costs, the one time write-off of purchased research and development
which is not tax deductible and the impact of not benefiting a significant
portion of the 1994 operating loss.  The 1993 rate differs from the combined
statutory rate in effect during the period primarily as a result of the
utilization of the research and development tax credit.
     
     OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE).  Other expense increased to $1.2 million in fiscal
1994 from other income of $70,000 in fiscal 1993.  The increase in other expense
was due primarily to reduced interest earned on cash balances, increased
interest expense on outstanding borrowings, the offering of cash discounts to
customers for early payment and flooring charges relating to the Company's
accounts receivable.
     
     NET INCOME (LOSS).  As a result of the above factors, net loss increased
285.6% to $77.5 million in fiscal 1994 from $20.1 million in fiscal 1993.
     
RESTRUCTURING, MERGER AND OTHER CHARGES
     
     During fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, four restructuring and other charges
were recorded.  Radius recorded a $15.5 million restructuring charge during the
third quarter of fiscal 1993 in connection with the implementation of a program
designed to reduce costs and improve operating efficiencies.  SuperMac recorded
a $16.6 million restructuring charge during December 1993 in connection with a
program to realign its inventory and facility and personnel resources. 
Subsequently, the two companies merged and incurred a restructuring charge of
$43.4 million.  In September 1995, Radius recorded $57.9 million restructuring
charge in connection with the Company's efforts to refocus and streamline its
business.  A discussion of each of these events follows.

     RADIUS JUNE 1993 RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES.  In June 1993, Radius
announced a restructuring program designed to reduce costs and improve operating
efficiencies.  The program included, among other things, the write-down of
inventory following Radius' decision to phase out its older generation of
products, lease termination expenses, capital equipment write-offs, severance
payments, and costs associated with the discontinuation of Radius' minicomputer-
class server product.  The restructuring program costs of $15.5 million were
recorded during the third quarter of fiscal 1993.  These charges (in thousands)
are included in: cost of sales ($10,993); research and development ($411); and
selling, general and administrative expenses ($4,096).  The Company completed
this restructuring event by the end of calendar 1994.  There were no material
changes in the restructuring plan or in the estimates of the restructuring costs
from the recognition of the charge in June 1993 with the completion of the
restructuring program in December 1994.

                                       26
<PAGE>

     SUPERMAC DECEMBER 1993 RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES.  In December 1993,
SuperMac recorded charges of $16.6 million in connection with a program to
adjust inventory levels, eliminate excess facilities, terminate certain projects
and contract arrangements and reduce the number of employees.  The charges (in
thousands) are included in: cost of sales ($13,352); research and development
($2,000); and selling, general and administrative expenses ($1,238).  There have
been no material changes in the restructuring plan or in the estimates of the
restructuring costs.  The Company has $236,000 remaining in its restructuring
reserve related to facility costs, the balance of which is expected to be
eliminated in fiscal 1996.  As noted in the Consolidated Financial Statements,
the consolidated results for the Company in both the twelve months ended
September 30, 1994 and the fiscal period ended 1993 include SuperMac's $16.6
million charge. 
     RADIUS FISCAL 1994 MERGER RELATED RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES.  In the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1994, the Company recorded charges of $43.4 million in
connection with the Merger of Radius and SuperMac.  These charges include the
discontinuance of duplicative product lines and related assets; elimination of
duplicative facilities, property and equipment and other assets; and personnel
severance costs as well as transaction fees and costs incidental to the merger. 
The charges (in thousands) are included in:  net sales ($3,095); cost of sales
($25,270); research and development ($4,331); and selling, general and
administrative expenses ($10,711).  The elements of the total charge as of June
30, 1996 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   Representing
                                                         ------------------------------------
                                                                                         Cash Outlays
                                                                        -----------------------------
                                                                 Asset
                                              Provision    Write-Downs     Completed           Future
<S>                                           <C>          <C>             <C>                <C>    
Adjust inventory levels                         $22,296        $19,200         $3,096         $    -
Excess facilities                                 2,790            400          2,261            129
Revision of the operations business model         9,061          7,078          1,268            715
Employee severance                                6,311              -          6,311              -
Merger related costs                              2,949              -          2,949              -
                                                --------       -------        -------         -------
Total charges                                   $43,407        $26,678        $15,885         $  844
</TABLE>

     The adjustment of inventory levels reflects the discontinuance of
duplicative product lines.  The provision for excess facility costs represents
the write-off of leaseholds and sublease costs of Radius' previous headquarters,
the consolidation into one main headquarters and the consolidation of sales
offices.  The revision of the operations business model reflects the
reorganization of the combined Company's manufacturing operations to mirror
Radius' manufacturing reorganization in 1993.  This reorganization was designed
to outsource a number of functions that previously were performed internally,
reduce product costs through increased efficiencies and lower overhead, and
focus the Company on a limited number of products.  Employee severance costs are
related to employees or temporary employees who were released due to the revised
business model.  Approximately 250 employees were terminated in connection with
the Merger.  The provision for merger related costs is for the costs associated
with the Merger transaction, such as legal, investment banking and accounting
fees.   The Company has spent $15.9 million of cash for restructuring through
June 30, 1996.  The Company expects to have substantially completed the
restructuring by September 1996.  During fiscal 1995, approximately $2.1 million
of merger related restructuring reserves were reversed and recorded as an
expense reduction due to changes in estimated requirements.

     RADIUS FISCAL 1995 RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES.  In September 1995,
Radius recorded charges of $57.9 million in connection with the Company's
efforts to restructure its operations by refocusing its business on the color
publishing and multimedia markets.  The charges primarily included a writedown
of inventory and other assets.  Additionally, the charges included expenses
related to the cancellation of open purchase orders, excess facilities and
employee severance. The charges (in thousands) are included in cost of sales
($47,004), and selling, general and administrative expense ($10,861).  The
elements of the total charge as of June 30, 1996 are as follows (in thousands):

                                       27
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 REPRESENTING
                                                     ---------------------------------
                                                                                   Cash Outlays
                                                                                   ------------
                                                                 Asset
                                             Provision     Write-Downs      Completed        Future
<S>                                          <C>           <C>              <C>              <C> 
Adjust inventory levels                        $33,138        $ 32,300           $838        $     -
Excess facilities                                 2,004            404          1,415            185
Cancellation fees and asset write-offs           19,061          5,196             18         13,847
Employee severance                                3,662              -          2,552          1,110
                                               --------        -------         ------        -------
Total charges                                   $57,865        $37,900         $4,823        $15,142
</TABLE>

     The adjustment of inventory levels reflects the discontinuance of several
product lines.  Revenues and gross profit (loss) for significant product lines
discontinued were as follows:  Mac-OS compatible systems were approximately
$21.8 million and $(19.2) million, respectively; and low-margin displays were
approximately $82.9 million and $19.6 million, respectively.  The provision for
excess facility costs represent the write-off of leasehold improvements and the
costs associated with anticipated reductions in facilities. The cancellation
fees and asset write-offs reflect the Company's decision to refocus its efforts
on providing solutions for the color publishing and multimedia markets. 
Employee severance costs are related to employees or temporary employees who
have been or will be released due to the restructuring. As of June 30, 1996,
approximately 228 positions of the 240 total planned had been eliminated in
connection with the restructuring.  The Company had spent approximately $4.8
million of cash for this restructuring during the nine months ended June 30,
1996 and during the quarter ended June 30, 1996, approximately $913,000 of
restructuring charges were reversed and recorded as an expense reduction due to
changes in estimated requirements.  As of June 30, 1996, the Company had cash of
$3.3 million.  The Company expects to have substantially completed the
restructuring by the end of September 1996.

LITIGATION SETTLEMENT

     In September 1992, the Company and certain of its officers and directors
were named as defendants in a securities class action litigation brought  in the
United States District Court for the Northern District of California that sought
unspecified damages, prejudgment and post judgment interest, attorneys' fees,
expert witness fees and costs, and equitable relief.  In July 1994, SuperMac
Technology, Inc. ("SuperMac") and certain of its officers and directors, several
venture capital firms and several of the underwriters of SuperMac's May 1992
initial public offering and its February 1993 secondary offering were named as
defendants in a class action litigation brought in the same court that sought
unspecified damages, prejudgment and post judgment interest, attorneys' fees,
experts' fees and costs, and equitable relief (including the imposition of a
constructive trust on the proceeds of defendants' trading activities). 

     In June 1995, the Court approved the settlement of both litigations and
entered a Final Judgment and Order of Dismissal.  Under the settlement of the
litigation brought in 1992 against the Company, the Company's insurance carrier
paid $3.7 million in cash and the Company issued a total of 128,695 shares of
its Common Stock to a class action settlement fund.  In the settlement of the
litigation brought in 1994 against SuperMac, the Company paid $250,000 in cash
and is to issue into a class action settlement fund a total of 707,609 shares of
its Common Stock.  The number of shares to be issued by the Company increased by
100,000 because the price of the Company's Common Stock was below $12 per share
during the 60-day period following the initial issuance of shares.  In
connection with these settlements, the financial statements for the first
quarter of fiscal 1995 included a charge to other income of $12.4 million,
reflecting settlement costs not covered by insurance as well as related legal
fees, resulting in a reduction in net income from $1.4 million to a net loss of
$11.0 million or $0.78 per share for the quarter.

     As of June 30, 1996, the Company had issued 836,674 shares of its Common
Stock due to the settlements and 99,630 shares remained to be issued.

BUSINESS DIVESTITURES

     COLOR SERVER GROUP DIVESTITURE.  In January 1996, the Company completed the
sale of its Color Server Group ("CSG") to Splash Merger Company, Inc. (the
"Buyer"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. (the
"Parent"), a corporation formed by various investment entities associated with
Summit Partners.  The Company received approximately $17.2 million in cash and
4,282 shares of the Parent's 6% Series B Redeemable and Convertible Preferred
Stock

                                       28
<PAGE>

(the "Series B Preferred Stock").  An additional $4.7 million was placed in 
escrow to secure certain post-closing and indemnification obligations.  In 
April 1996, approximately $2.3 million was released from this escrow to the 
Company and the Company also received approximately $1.5 million as a result 
of post-closing adjustments.  The shares of Series B Preferred Stock are 
convertible by the Company at any time into approximately 19.9% of the 
Parent's Common Stock outstanding as of the closing of the transaction.  The 
Company has not converted the Series B Preferred Stock into Common stock of 
the Parent.  Furthermore, such stock has been pledged to IBM Credit.  In 
connection with IBM Credit agreeing to subordinate its security interest in 
certain technology and intellectual property rights incorporated in the 
Company's Pressview products to the security interest granted to Mitsubishi 
Electronics, the Company granted IBM Credit an option to purchase 428 shares 
of Series B Preferred Stock at $0.01 per share. IBM Credit has exercised this 
option and the Company has assigned 428 of its shares of Series B Preferred 
Stock to IBM Credit.  In addition, under the terms of the new loan agreement 
with IBM Credit, IBM Credit has the right to require Radius to sell up to 50% 
of its Series B Preferred Stock (or the shares of Common Stock into which 
such Series B Preferred Stock is convertible) within one year of the initial 
public offering of Parent and up to 25% of its Series B Preferred Stock (or 
the shares of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock is 
convertible) during each of the second and third year following such initial 
public offering.  If the balance due under the term loan with IBM Credit 
exceeds 90% of the market value of such Series B Preferred Stock (or the 
shares of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock is 
convertible) after the initial public offering of Parent, IBM Credit can 
require Radius to sell such securities to repay such term loan.  The shares 
of Series B Preferred Stock also will be redeemable by the Parent at any 
time, and will be subject to mandatory redemption beginning on the sixth 
anniversary of issuance, in each case at a redemption price of $1,000 per 
share plus accrued dividends. The Company has certain indemnification 
obligations in connection with the patent lawsuit brought by Electronics for 
Imaging, Inc.  The net proceeds of the CSG transaction were paid to Silicon 
Valley Bank ("SVB"), in order to repay the Company's indebtedness to SVB, and 
to IBM Credit, in order to reduce the Company's outstanding indebtedness to 
IBM Credit.  See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information."

     PORTRAIT DISPLAY LABS.  In January 1996, the Company entered into a series
of agreements with Portrait Display Labs, Inc. ("PDL").  The agreements assigned
the Company's pivoting technology to PDL and canceled PDL's on-going royalty
obligation to the Company under an existing license agreement in exchange for a
one-time cash payment.  The Company did not receive any material amount of
payments under such license agreement.  PDL also granted the Company a limited
license back to the pivoting technology.  Under these agreements, PDL also
settled its outstanding receivable to the Company by paying the Company $500,000
in cash and issuing to the Company 214,286 shares of PDL's Common Stock.  The
cash proceeds were paid to IBM Credit.

     UMAX DATA SYSTEMS, INC.  In February 1996, the Company sold its MacOS
compatible systems business to UMAX Computer Corporation ("UCC"), a company
formed by UMAX Data Systems, Inc. ("UMAX").  The Company received approximately
$2.3 million in cash and debt relief, and 1,492,500 shares of UCC's Common
Stock, representing approximately 19.9% of UCC's then outstanding shares of
Common Stock.  The cash proceeds were paid to IBM Credit and the shares of UCC
Common Stock were pledged to IBM Credit. 

     DISPLAY TECHNOLOGIES ELECTROHOME INC.  In December 1995, the Company
completed the sale of its monochrome display monitor business to Display
Technologies Electrohome Inc. ("DTE").  DTE purchased Radius' monochrome display
monitor business and certain assets related thereto, for approximately $200,000
in cash and cancellation of $2.5 million of the Company's indebtedness to DTE.
In addition, DTE and Radius canceled outstanding contracts relating to DTE's
manufacture and sale of monochrome display monitors to Radius.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     The Company's cash and cash equivalents decreased approximately $11.2
million during fiscal 1995 to approximately $4.8 million at September 30, 1995,
as compared with the fiscal 1994 ending balance of cash and cash equivalents of
$16.0 million.  Approximately $1.6 million of the $4.8 million of cash and cash
equivalents available at September 30, 1995 was restricted under various letters
of credit.  The decrease in the Company's cash and cash equivalents during
fiscal 1995 was primarily attributable to expenditures made in connection with
the development and introduction of the Company's MacOS compatible systems.  The
Company's cash increased approximately $500,000 in the third quarter of fiscal
1996 to $3.3 million at June 30, 1996 as compared to the ending balance at March
31, 1996 of $2.8 million.  Approximately $400,000 of the $3.3 million of cash
and cash equivalents available at June 30, 1996 was restricted under various
letters of credit.


                                       29
<PAGE>

     
     The Company also holds securities in Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. and
UMAX Computer Corporation, which have been pledged to IBM Credit.  Because both
of these companies are private companies, there is no market for such
securities.  In addition, as described under "-- Business Divestitures -- Color
Server Group Divestiture," the Company will be required to sell its securities
in Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. over no longer than a three year period
after such Company's initial public offering if amounts are outstanding under
the loan with IBM Credit.
     
     The Company has granted to IBM Credit a security interest in substantially
all of its assets to secure the Company's various obligations to IBM Credit. 
The Company has also granted to Mitsubishi Electronics a security interest
(securing an amount up to $4.4 million) in all of the Company's technology and
intellectual property rights related to and incorporated into the Company's
PressView products.  
     
     The Company's principal source of liquidity is an up to $5.0 million
working line of credit provided by IBM Credit pursuant to the terms of the
restructured loan with IBM Credit, however this working line of credit is not
expected to provide the Company with a significant source of liquidity for the
foreseeable future.  Accordingly, the Company intends to finance its working
capital needs through cash generated from operations.  See "Risk Factors -- Need
for Additional Financing; Loan Restrictions."
     
     In connection with the Plan, IBM Credit received 750,000 shares of the
Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase 600,000
shares of Common Stock in consideration of the cancellation of $3.0 million of
indebtedness to IBM Credit and for an additional advance of $500,000.  In
addition, IBM Credit has restructured the terms of the remaining approximately
$23.4 million indebtedness into a working line of credit and a term loan.  The
Company has an up to $5.0 million working line of credit and IBM Credit will
extend advances under this line of credit in an amount not to exceed the
borrowing base (which is defined as (i) the lesser of 10% of the gross value of
eligible inventory or $500,000; plus (ii) 80% of the Company's eligible domestic
accounts receivable; plus (iii) the lesser of 50% of the gross value of certain
eligible Japanese and European accounts receivable or $500,000).  The $470,000
advanced by IBM Credit pursuant to the Plan is included in this working line of
credit but will not be included in the calculation of the borrowing base.  The
initial amount of current indebtedness to be outstanding under this line of
credit is $1.5 million, the amount of the borrowing base on the date of the
closing of the restructured loan.  The remaining $21.9 million balance of the
Company's indebtedness to IBM Credit has been converted to a four-year term
loan.  Principal on such term loan will be repaid on a mandatory prepayment
schedule.  The restructured loan with IBM Credit is subject to mandatory
prepayment as follows:  (i) upon the disposition of any assets of the Company
outside of the ordinary course of business, all net proceeds to the Company must
be applied towards the Company's obligations under the loan; (ii) upon the
closing of any financing, 10% of the proceeds must be applied towards the
Company's obligations under the loan; (iii) upon the thirtieth day following the
end of each fiscal quarter, an amount of no less than 50% of operating cash flow
for such prior fiscal quarter must be applied towards the Company's obligations
under the loan; and (iv) upon the receipt of any other amounts other than sales
of inventory or used or obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business,
and not otherwise described in the preceding clause (i) - (iii), all of such
amounts must be applied towards the Company's obligations under the loan.  If
the Company's obligations under the term loan, as well as finance charges and
amounts outstanding in excess of the "borrowing base" (described above) under
the working line of credit, are repaid, IBM Credit can require such proceeds to
be applied towards a redemption of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  In
addition, the Company is required to deposit its revenues in accounts controlled
by IBM Credit.  At any time, regardless of whether the Company is in default of
its obligations to IBM Credit, IBM Credit is permitted to apply these amounts
towards the repayment of any of the Company's obligations to IBM Credit.  As a
result of IBM Credit's control over the Company's cash flow and these prepayment
and redemption provisions, together with the other terms and covenants of the
restructured loan agreement, the Company's ability to generate working capital
or to undertake a variety of other merger, disposition or financing activities
will be substantially restricted.  See "Risk Factors -- Need for Additional
Financing; Loan Restrictions."

     As a result of IBM's control over the Company's cash flow and these
restrictions on the Company's excess cash flow, the Company anticipates that it
will not have significant cash available for expenditures other than for its
ordinary course of business operating expenses.  In the event the Company were
unable to generate sufficient net sales or if the Company incurs unforeseen
operating expenses, it may not be able to meet its operating expenses without
additional financing or a restructuring of its loan agreements with IBM Credit. 
In the event that the Company desired to acquire any strategic technologies or
businesses, it would probably be unable to do so without obtaining additional
financing or the consent of IBM Credit.  See "Risk Factors -- Need for
Additional Financing; Loan Restrictions."

                                       30
<PAGE>
     
     Previously, the Company funded its operations through the public and
private sale of equity securities, bank loans and cash flow from operations. 
The Company completed a private placement during the third quarter of the 1995
fiscal year, the proceeds of which were utilized to build inventory of MacOS-
compatible systems components and reduce other vendor payables.  This business
never generated a positive gross margin and the Company subsequently sold its
MacOs business in February 1996.  See "Risk Factors -- Technological Change;
Continuing Need to Develop Products."  In this private placement, the Company
sold 2,509,319 shares of its Common Stock resulting in net proceeds to the
Company of approximately $21.4 million.  Other than the loan from IBM Credit,
the Company currently has no other bank loans.
      
     Capital expenditures were approximately $215,000 during the nine months
ended June 30, 1996 and were $1.9 million in fiscal 1995 and $3.5 million in
fiscal 1994 and were primarily for leasehold improvements and upgrading the
Company's management information systems.  The Company has no present plans for
any significant amount of capital expenditures in the future.
     
     At September 16, 1996, the Company' principal commitments consisted of
obligations under its credit agreement with IBM Credit and its obligations under
building and capital leases.  See Notes 2 and 3 to Consolidated Financial
Statements.  The Company is also a party to various litigation proceedings, the
costs of defending which or the outcome of which could adversely affect the
Company's liquidity.  See "Business -- Legal Proceedings."
     
     Recently, the Company's limited cash resources have restricted the
Company's ability to purchase inventory which in turn has limited its ability to
manufacture and sell products and has resulted in additional costs for expedited
deliveries.  The adverse effect on the Company's results of operations due to
its limited cash resources can be expected to continue until such time as the
Company is able to return to profitability, or generate additional cash from
other sources.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to do
so.
     
     The Company believes it has sufficient funds to finance its operations for
the next 12 months.  Additional funds will be needed to finance the Company's
operations, product development plans and for other purposes if the Company's
operating expenses are higher than anticipated.  Additional financing will also
be required if the Company desires to acquire or invest in complementary
businesses or products or to obtain the right to use complementary technologies.
While the Company is now investigating possible financing opportunities, there
can be no assurance that additional financing will be available when needed or,
if available, that the terms of such financing will not adversely affect the
Company's results of operations.


                                       31



<PAGE>

                                       BUSINESS

Overview

    The Company designs, develops, manufactures, markets and supports color
publishing and digital video computer products for creative professionals.  The
Company's current product line includes:  accelerated color graphics products
that facilitate the creation and manipulation of graphical images; video systems
and software that can acquire and manipulate video and audio information; and
high resolution color reference displays that allow users to view text,
graphics, images and video.

    The primary target markets for the Company's products are color publishing
and multimedia.  These markets encompass creative professionals involved in such
areas as color prepress, graphic arts, video editing, video and multimedia
production and playback, and corporate training.  

    To date substantially all of the Company's products have been designed for
and sold to users of Macintosh computer products (the "Macintosh") manufactured
by Apple Computer, Inc. ("Apple") as Apple products have been the preferred
platform in the Company's target markets.

    As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company
has incurred substantial operating losses and, until recently, had a deficiency
in assets and working capital.  Management has implemented, a number of actions
to address this situation including: refocusing its efforts on providing
solutions for high end digital video and graphics customers; discontinuing sales
of mass market and other low value added products; divesting its color server
and monochrome display businesses and its MacOS compatible systems products and
other product lines; significantly reducing expenses and headcount; subleasing
all or a portion of its current facility given its reduced occupancy
requirements; and investigating various strategic partnering opportunities.

    The Company, IBM Credit and its unsecured creditors recently consummated 
the Plan pursuant to which the Company's creditors received equity in 
satisfaction of their claims.  The Company issued 36,294,198 shares of Common 
Stock in satisfaction of approximately $45.9 million in unsecured claims 
(including a $1.0 million reserve for unknown or unresolved claims) and 
repaid approximately $1.9 million of unsecured claims, most of which were 
less than $50,000, at an average discount of approximately 75% of the amount 
of the claim.  Of these shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan, 
791,280 were issued to the Radius Creditors Trust for the purpose of 
satisfying unresolved or unknown claims.  The Company also issued 750,000 
shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase 
600,000 shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of $3.0 million indebtedness 
to IBM Credit and in consideration of restructuring its remaining  
approximately $23.4 million indebtedness to IBM Credit.  The Company also 
issued Rights to receive an additional 11,046,060 shares of Common Stock to 
its unsecured creditors who received Common Stock in the event that the 
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock 
(including 240,824 Rights issued to the Radius Creditors Trust).  See "Recent 
Developments -- Debt for Equity Exchange."

    The Company's executive offices are located at 215 Moffett Park Drive,
Sunnyvale, CA 94089, and its telephone number is (408) 541-6100.

PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

    A summary of some of the Company's principal products and their typical
applications is set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

PRODUCT CATEGORY                 PRODUCT                        MARKET/APPLICATION                         SUGGESTED RETAIL PRICE
- ----------------                 -------                        ------------------                         ----------------------
<S>                       <S>                           <S>                                                <C>

Accelerated Color        ThunderPower 30/1920                                                                       $1,999
                         ThunderColor 30/1600          Color publishing, prepress, graphics                          2,499
Graphics Products        Thunder Color 30/1152         design and professional color 
                                                       imaging                                                       1,999
(PCI-based)              Thunder 30/1600                                                                             1,199
                         Thunder 30/1152                                                                               999
                         Precision Color 8/1600                                                                        399
                         Precision Color 24/1600                                                                       599
                         Color Engine                                                                                  999


</TABLE>





                                          32

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

PRODUCT CATEGORY                 PRODUCT                        MARKET/APPLICATION                         SUGGESTED RETAIL PRICE
- ----------------                 -------                        ------------------                         ----------------------
<S>                       <S>                           <S>                                                <C>

(NuBus-based)            Thunder IV GX1600                                                                          $1,199
                         Thunder IV GX1360                                                                           1,099
                         Thunder/24 GT                                                                                 599
                         Precision Color Pro 24X                                                                       649
                         PrecisionColor 8XJ                                                                            599

Color Reference          PressView 21SR                Color publishing, prepress and 
                                                       graphics design                                               3,999
Displays                 PressView 17SR                                                                              2,499
                         Precision View 21                                                                           2,749

Color Management         ProSense Display              Color publishing and prepress                                   799
Products                 Calibrator
                         Color Composer

</TABLE>

 


ACCELERATED COLOR GRAPHICS PRODUCTS

    The Radius graphics product families offer a wide range of user choices to
enhance the graphics performance of Apple Macintosh computers based on both the
NuBus and PCI bus architectures.  The choices range from an entry level
accelerated 8-bit color graphics card (256 colors with up to 1 million pixels of
color display information) to a variety of accelerated 24-bit color graphics
cards (up to 16.7 million colors).  All of the Company's graphics card products
offer a range of high speed QuickDraw acceleration features and support numerous
Radius, Apple and other third-party displays ranging from 13-inches to 21-inches
in size.  The Company's graphics card products also allow the user to switch
resolutions "on-the-fly" without having to reboot the computer.

    The Thunder (PCI), ThunderPower (PCI), ThunderColor (PCI) and Thunder IV
(NuBus) class graphics cards offer enhanced resolutions, as well as a number of
other acceleration capabilities for Adobe Photoshop, a popular application for
working with computer images.   These graphics cards also feature hardware pan
and zoom capability, enabling users to quickly change the size and the amount of
the information on their color display.  The Company believes these capabilities
allow users working with large amounts of detailed information to be more
productive because they can quickly accomplish a variety of tasks using these
hardware-based acceleration features.

    The ThunderColor (PCI), Thunder 30 (PCI), and Thunder IV (NuBus) graphics
cards include multiple 66 MHz AT&T digital signal processors ("DSPs") that
accelerate Adobe Photoshop.  Having parallel processing DSPs rather than the
base Macintosh's CPU perform the millions of computations required to manipulate
Photoshop images means that customers can produce finished results more quickly
and are more productive in their creative and production process.  These cards
include chip technology that enables users to use Photoshop's CMYK color mode
faster than the native Macintosh.  This is attractive to imaging professionals
who use Photoshop to work with and edit images comprised of 'ink' data which is
ready for printing.  The Company believes this special "CMYK acceleration"
technology makes working with ink images on a computer display more interactive.

DIGITAL VIDEO SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE

    Radius offers a number of products for the non-linear digital video editing
and production market.  Non-linear digital editing enables video editors to
manipulate pictures and sound in a faster, easier and more cost effective manner
than traditional analog tape-based systems.  Editors can randomly access and
digitally "cut and paste" images, videos and sound clips avoiding the tedious
process of winding and rewinding of linear tape and the subsequent physical
cutting and splicing of film segments.

    VideoVision Studio and VideoVision PCI, Radius' leading desktop video
product, was the first fully QuickTime compatible video editing and production
system that supported full-screen (640 x 480 pixels), full-motion video at 60-
fields per-second.  VideoVision Studio offers JPEG video
compression/decompression capabilities, 16-bit C.D. stereo audio, and




                                          33

<PAGE>

allows users to output their finished product directly and easily to
videotape.  VideoVision Studio is compatible with QuickTime based software
applications for editing, effects, titling, graphics, animation and audio.

    Radius Telecast (NuBus) offers broadcast quality digital video for short
form projects.  Radius Telecast features include: high-quality, Betacam SP
component, S-video and composite digitizing and play back; QuickTime-compliant
video system software; 16-bit analog audio; and a 19" rack-mountable design. 
Radius Telecast is designed to provide full QuickTime support, a high degree of
studio integration and professional video and audio support.

    Radius also offers a QuickTime compliant digital video non linear 
editing, compositing and animation software applications that facilitate the 
creation and editing of digital video content.  Radius Edit 2.0 is a 
non-linear professional digital video editing solution that features an 
intuitive user interface, FX templates, built-in titling, multiple key 
frames, batch digitizing and picture-in-picture capabilities.  Radius Edit 
2.0 also offers a variety of high-quality special effects for digital video 
editing including pan-zoom-rotating, chroma keying and compositing. 

DISPLAYS

    The Company currently offers a variety of large color reference displays
designed for desktop color publishers and graphic artists.  The PressView SR
series (PressView 21SR and PressView 17SR) is designed to offer the color
accuracy, resolution and clarity needed for high quality color prepress, media
authoring, photography, medical imaging and scientific image processing.  These
color reference displays offer consistent and accurate color preproofing at
resolutions of up to 1600 by 1200 pixels.  The PrecisionView 21 also offers
resolutions of up to 1600 by 1200 pixels but at a lower price point.  The
PressView SR series supports Kodak PrecisionColor, Agfa FotoFlow, Apple
ColorSync 2.0 and EFI Color management systems to ensure color accuracy.

    In the past, the Company has also offered a variety of monochrome displays. 
As part of its strategy to refocus its business, the Company entered into a
definitive agreement on December 21, 1995 to sell its monochrome display
business to Display Technologies Electrohome Inc.  For a more complete
discussion see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition --
Business Divestitures." 

COLOR MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS

    Color peripherals tend to vary over time from their original
specifications, thus causing significant color variances.  Display calibrators
control the way peripherals produce color, making the color more consistent and
predictable.   The Company's Prosense Display Calibrator works with sensing
technology and Macintosh software to measure the actual color performance of a
display and then adjust information in the Macintosh graphics card so that the
colors will be accurate.  This product also communicates with a number of third
party color management systems to provide color information about the display so
that color can be managed from one peripheral to another.

TECHNOLOGY AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

    The Company's research and development efforts are focused on creating new
products and technologies for customers who create, review, approve and utilize
high resolution color images and moving video.  Current research and development
efforts include:  (i) performance improvements and cost reductions of current
products; (ii) development of 3D graphics subsystems; (iii) development of
application software to facilitate the creation and manipulation of video and
high resolution still images; (iv) development of integrated software that
improves ease of use and functionality of the Company's graphics cards, digital
video cards, and color reference displays; and (v) development of next
generation technology to enable new methods of displaying and creating
information with greater flexibility, speed, and quality.

    The Company believes that the competitive nature of the computer industry,
along with the rapid pace of technological evolution, requires that it continue
to introduce innovative products on a timely basis to compete effectively. 
During the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993, the
Company's expenditures for research and development totaled $6.2 million, $19.3
million, $34.0 million, and $33.5 million, respectively.  To date, all of the
Company's research and development expenditures have been charged to operations
as incurred.  Because of its financial condition, the Company does not
anticipate having research and development expenditures equal to its historical
levels, which could adversely affect the Company's ability to develop and
introduce new products.  See "Risk Factors -- Need for Additional Financing;
Loan Restrictions."





                                          34

<PAGE>


    There can be no assurance that the Company's development efforts will
result in commercially successful products, or that the Company's products will
not be rendered obsolete by changing technology or new products introduced  by
others.  Additionally, should the Company fail to introduce new products on a
timely basis, the Company's operating results could be adversely affected.  In
the past, the Company expended substantial resources towards its MacOS product
line which did not achieve profitability and which was subsequently sold.  See
"Risk Factors -- Technological Change; Continuing Need to Develop New Products."

    The principles and features underlying the design of the Company's products
are: identification and reduction of performance bottlenecks in graphics and
video systems; providing consistency of color fidelity across products and
applications; utilization of ASIC technology; and innovation within standard
operating system environments.

IDENTIFICATION AND REDUCTION OF BOTTLENECKS IN GRAPHICS AND VIDEO SYSTEMS

    The Company analyzes the performance of applications and hardware products
within the environment of the host CPU and operating system with the goal of
determining which parts of the overall solution are most resource and time
intensive so that products can be developed which outperform the existing
solutions.  The Company has developed considerable knowledge of system software
such as Apple's QuickDraw and QuickTime and critical application software such
as Adobe Photoshop.  The Company believes that its ability to eliminate
bottlenecks in a manner that is compatible with existing Apple and third party
products is a significant advantage in the marketplace.  

PROVIDING CONSISTENCY OF COLOR FIDELITY ACROSS PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS

    The Company strives to provide users with the most accurate and repeatable
color available.  The Company's high-end color reference displays provide tools
to calibrate the display with both objective standards and visual perception,
and to adjust the color range of the display to fit user needs.

UTILIZATION OF ASIC TECHNOLOGY

    On a selective basis, the Company uses its in-house integrated computer
aided engineering capabilities to develop proprietary ASIC chips for use in its
own products.  The use of ASIC chips allows the Company to increase performance
while reducing chip count and board size which thereby reduces cost.  ASICs are
used heavily throughout the Company's graphics card line.  In some cases,
however, commercially available devices offer better overall price/performance
than proprietary ASICs (given the development cost involved), and the Company's
strategy is to make the tradeoff on a product-by-product basis to provide the
most cost-effective solution.

INNOVATION WITHIN STANDARD OPERATING SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTS

    In order to maintain compatibility with the broad existing base of
installed hardware and software, the Company seeks to innovate in conjunction
with existing standards.  For example, the Company's graphics cards are
compatible with third party graphics software (such as Adobe Photoshop and Quark
Pagemaker) as well as NuBus and PCI-based computers.  Similarly, the Company's
digital video cards are tightly integrated into Apple's standard QuickTime
environment.

MARKETING, SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

    The Company employs a two-tiered distribution model whereby it sells its
products primarily through a limited number of distributors and master resellers
that in turn distribute the Company's products to a variety of resellers
including superstores, independent dealers, educational resellers, systems
integrators, value added resellers and mail order resellers.  The Company's
distributors and master resellers purchase products at discounts from suggested
retail prices based on purchase volumes.

    In the United States, the Company sells its products primarily through the
following major distributors and master resellers:  Ingram Micro, Inc.; and
MicroAge.  The Company's business and financial results are highly dependent on
the success of these distributors and master resellers.  To assist these
domestic distributors and master resellers and to provide marketing, training
and technical support, the Company maintains field sales facilities in a number
of locations throughout the United States.  See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Indirect Distribution Channels."




                                          35

<PAGE>


    Radius provides market development funds that give distributors and master
resellers incentives to increase sales, improve reporting and achieve a product
mix favoring higher margin products.

    Internationally, sales are made through worldwide distributors, which
market, sell and service the Company's products, and until the second quarter of
1996, the Company's wholly owned subsidiary located in Tokyo, Japan.  Currently
has entered into exclusive distributor arrangements for Japan and Europe.  The
Company maintains international sales offices in Surrey, England; Hamburg,
Germany; and Paris, France.  For the nine months ended June 30, 1996, and for
the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company's export
sales accounted for approximately 52.8%, 40.4%, 34.5% and 32.0%, respectively,
of the Company's net sales.  See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.  The Company's export sales are subject to certain risks common to
international operations, such as currency fluctuations and governmental
regulation.  See "Risk Factor -- International Sales."  

    For the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and for the fiscal years ended
September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993, Ingram Micro, Inc. accounted for
approximately 39.0%, 34.0%, 13.5% and 11.5% of the Company's net sales,
respectively.

    Many of the Company's distributors and master resellers have the right to
return products purchased from the Company.  While the Company provides for
estimated product returns, if in the future the Company were to experience
returns from customers significantly in excess of this estimate, such returns
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

    The Company's marketing programs support worldwide sales and distribution
of its products.  The Company's principal marketing activities include frequent
participation in industry trade shows and seminars, advertising in major trade
publications worldwide, public relations activities with the trade and business
press, publication of technical articles, distribution of sales literature and
product specifications and communications with its installed base of end users. 
The Company's marketing programs are designed to generate sales leads for its
distributors and master resellers as well as to enhance the Company's brand name
recognition.

MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLIERS

    As a result of the Company's outsourcing of manufacturing, substantially
all of the Company's assembly, quality control testing, packaging and other
manufacturing operations are performed by the Company's suppliers, contract
manufacturers, and other subcontractors.  The Company has developed a quality
assurance program with these third parties.

    The Company attempts to utilize standard parts and components available
from multiple vendors.  However, certain components used in the Company's
products are available only from sole or limited suppliers, such as certain
ASICs from LSI Logic NEC and certain VideoVision parts from Toshiba.  The
Company's products also incorporate components, such as video random access
memory, that are available from multiple sources but have been subject to
substantial fluctuations in availability and price.  Although the Company has
been able to obtain an adequate supply of such components in the past, there can
be no assurance that it will be able to obtain an adequate supply in the future.
See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Limited Number of Manufacturers and
Suppliers."  

COMPETITION

    The color publishing and multimedia markets are, and are expected to
remain, highly competitive.  The Company's principal competitors in the color
publishing market include Apple, ATI Technology and Diamond Multimedia Systems.
The Company's principal competitors in the multimedia market include Truevision
(formerly RasterOps Corporation), Data Translation, Inc., Matrox, Inc., Avid
Technology, Inc., VideoLogic, Inc. and Fast Electronics GmbH.  The market for
the Company's products is evolving, and it is difficult to predict all future
sources of competition.  

    Although Apple is principally a supplier of general purpose computing
platforms upon which third parties are encouraged to build more complete
solutions, the Company also faces competition from Apple.  Apple markets a
number of products, including computer systems and color displays, that compete
directly or indirectly with the Company.  Apple also could introduce additional
products, add functionality to their computer systems that is similar to that
provided by certain of the Company's products, or alter its systems'
architecture in a manner that could adversely affect the Company's ability to
compete.  For example, Apple's PowerPC based products which have on-board
graphic functionality and faster processing speed, could






                                          36

<PAGE>


be considered competitors of specific product lines of the  Company's.  See 
"Risk Factors -- Dependence on and Competition with Apple."  

    The Company believes that the principal competitive factors for its product
line are product performance, breadth of distribution, brand name recognition,
price and customer support.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to compete successfully with respect to these factors.  In addition, many
of the Company's current and prospective competitors have significantly greater
technical, manufacturing and marketing resources than the Company.   See "Risk
Factors -- Competition."   

PATENTS AND LICENSES

    The Company relies on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and
trade secret protection, nondisclosure agreements and licensing arrangements to
establish and protect its proprietary rights.  The Company has a number of
patents and patent applications and intends to file additional patent
applications as it considers appropriate.  There can be no assurance that
patents will issue from any of these pending applications or, if patents do
issue, that any claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to protect the
Company's technology.  In addition, there can be no assurance that any patents
that may be issued to the Company will not be challenged, invalidated or
circumvented, or that any rights granted thereunder would provide proprietary
protection to the Company.  The Company has a number of trademarks and trademark
applications.  There can be no assurance that litigation with respect to
trademarks will not result from the Company's use of registered or common law
marks, or that, if litigation against the Company were successful, any resulting
loss of the right to use a trademark would not reduce sales of the Company's
products in addition to the possibility of a significant damages award. 
Although, the Company intends to defend its proprietary rights, policing
unauthorized use of proprietary technology or products is difficult, and there
can be no assurance that the Company's efforts will be successful.  The laws of
certain foreign countries may not protect the proprietary rights of the Company
to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

    The Company has received, and may receive in the future, communications
asserting that its products infringe the proprietary rights of third parties,
and the Company is engaged and has been engaged in litigation alleging that the
Company's products infringe others' patent rights.  As a result of such claims
or litigation, it may become necessary or desirable in the future for the
Company to obtain licenses relating to one or more of its products or relating
to current or future technologies, and there can be no assurance that it would
be able to do so on commercially reasonable terms.  See "Risk Factors --
Dependence on Proprietary Rights."

EMPLOYEES

    As of August 31, 1996, the Company had approximately 132 full time
employees. 

    The Company's success will depend, in large measure, on its ability to
attract and retain highly qualified technical, marketing, engineering and
management personnel, who are in great demand.  See "Risk Factors -- Dependence
on Key Personnel."  

    The Company's employees are not represented by any collective bargaining 
agreements, and the Company has never experienced a work stoppage.  The Company
believes that its employee relations are good.

PROPERTIES

    The Company's primary facility is located in Sunnyvale, California and
consists of leased space of approximately 40,000 square feet.  The Company
believes that its current facilities are adequate for its needs.  The lease on
the primary facility will expire in March 1998.    

    The Company has subleased to other companies approximately 281,000 square
feet of facilities which the Company is currently not using.

    The Company maintains field sales facilities in a number of locations
throughout the United States as well as in Surrey, England; Paris, France;
Hamburg, Germany; and Tokyo, Japan.  See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.



                                          37

<PAGE>



LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

    (a)  On November 16, 1995, Electronics for Imaging, Inc. ("EFI") filed a
suit in the United States District Court in the Northern District of California
alleging that the Company infringes a patent allegedly owned by EFI.  Although
the complaint does not specify which of the Company's products allegedly
infringe the patent, subsequent pleading indicates that EFI alleges that the
Company's Color Server products allegedly infringe.  In January 1996, the
Company completed the divestiture of the Color Server Group.

    The Company has filed an answer denying all material allegations, and has
filed counterclaims against EFI alleging causes of action for interference with
prospective economic benefit, antitrust violations, and unfair business
practices.  EFI's motion to dismiss or sever the Company's amended counterclaims
was granted in part and the ruling permitted the Company to file an amended
counterclaim for antitrust violations.  The Company has filed an amended
antitrust claim.  The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to EFI's
claims and is defending them vigorously.  In addition, the Company believes it
may have indemnification rights with respect to EFI's claims.  A motion for
summary judgment based on these indemnification rights disposing of EFI's claims
has been filed and is scheduled to be heard on September 25, 1996.  In the
opinion of management, based on the facts known at this time, although the
eventual outcome of this case is unlikely to have a material adverse effect on
the results of operations or financial position of the Company, the costs of
defense, regardless of outcome, may have a material adverse effect on the
results of operations or financial position of the Company.  In addition, in
connection with the divestiture of its Color Server business, the Company has
certain indemnification obligations for which approximately $2.3 million remains
held in escrow to secure such obligations in the event that the purchaser
suffers any losses resulting from such litigation.

    (b)  The Company was named as one of approximately 42 defendants in Shapiro
et al. v. ADI Systems, Inc. et al., Superior Court of California, Santa Clara
County, case no. CV751685, filed August 14, 1995.  Radius was named as one of
approximately 32 defendants in Maizes & Maizes et al. v. Apple Computer et al.,
Superior Court of New Jersey, Essex County, case no. L-13780-95, filed December
15, 1995.  Plaintiffs in each case purport to represent alleged classes of
similarly situated persons and/or the general public, and allege that the
defendants falsely advertise that the viewing areas of their computer monitors
are larger than in fact they are.  

    The Company was served with the Shapiro complaint on August 22, 1995 and
was served with the Maizes complaint on January 5, 1996.  Defendants' petition
to the California State Judicial Council to coordinate the Shapiro case with
similar cases brought in other California jurisdictions was granted in part and
it is anticipated that the coordinated proceedings will be held in Superior
Court of California, San Francisco County.  An amended consolidated complaint
was filed on March 26, 1996.  Discovery proceedings are scheduled to begin.  The
Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the plaintiffs' claims and is
defending them vigorously.  In the opinion of management, based on the facts
known at this time, the eventual outcome of these cases may have a material
adverse effect on the results of operations or financial position of the Company
in the financial period in which they are resolved.  In addition, whether or not
the eventual outcomes of these cases have a material adverse effect on the
results of operations or financial condition of the Company, the costs of
defense, regardless of outcome, may have a material adverse effect on the
results of operations and financial condition of the Company.

    (c)  On April 17, 1996, the Company was served with a complaint filed by
Colorox Corporation ("Colorox"), in the Circuit Court of the State of Oregon,
County of Multnomah, case no. 9604-02481, which alleges that the Company
breached an alleged oral contract to sell its dye sublimation printer business
to Colorox for $200,000, and seeks both specific performance of the alleged
contract and alleged damages of $2.5 million.  The lawsuit also alleges that an
officer of the Company interfered with the alleged contract.  The Company
believes it has meritorious defenses to the plaintiff's claims and intends to
defend them vigorously.  Nevertheless, the costs of defense, regardless of
outcome, could have an adverse effect on the results of operations and financial
condition of the Company.

    (d)  The Company is involved in a number of other judicial and
administrative proceedings incidental to its business, including litigation by
alleged trade creditors who did not participate in the Plan.  The Company
intends to defend such lawsuits vigorously and although adverse decisions (or
settlements) may occur in one or more of such cases, the final resolution of
these lawsuits, individually or in the aggregate, is not expected to have a
material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.  However,
depending on the amount and timing of an unfavorable resolution of these
lawsuits, it is possible that the Company's future results of operations or cash
flows could be materially adversely affected in a particular period.  In
addition, the costs of defense -- regardless of the outcome -- could have a
material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of
the Company.



                                          38

<PAGE>


                                      MANAGEMENT


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

    The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:


            NAME                 AGE                 POSITION
           ------               -----               ----------

    Charles W. Berger. . . .      42   Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                        Chief Executive Officer and President

    Mary E. Godwin . . . . .      37   Vice President, Operations

    Gregory M. Millar. . . .      40   Vice President, Research

    Michael D. Boich(1)(2) .      42   Director

    David B. Pratt(2). . . .      56   Director

    Regis McKenna(1)(2). . .      56   Director


    ------------------
     (1)  Member of the Audit Committee.
     (2)  Member of the Compensation Committee.

     Mr. Berger was appointed President, Chief Executive Officer and a director
of the Company in March 1993 and Chairman of the Board of Directors in March
1994.  From April 1992 until he joined the Company, Mr. Berger was Senior Vice
President, Worldwide Sales, Operations and Support for Claris Corporation
("Claris"), a subsidiary of Apple that develops and markets application
software.  From February 1991 to April 1992, he was President of Sun
Microsystems Federal, Inc., a subsidiary of Sun Microsystems, Inc. ("Sun"), a
manufacturer of computer work stations.  From July 1989 to February 1991, he
served as Vice President of Business Development for Sun, and from March 1989 to
July 1989, he was Sun's Vice President of Product Marketing.  From April 1982 to
March 1989, Mr. Berger held numerous management positions involving sales,
marketing, business development and finance for Apple.

     Ms. Godwin was appointed Vice President, Operations in August 1995 and
prior to assuming that position served as the Company's Director of Operations
Engineering beginning when she joined the Company in July 1993 .  Prior to
joining the Company, Ms. Godwin spent seven years with Apple as a supply base
manager, and seven years with Xerox Corporation ("Xerox"), a diversified
manufacturer of document copying and processing equipment, as a technical
specialist.

     Mr. Millar was appointed Vice President, Engineering and Chief Technology
Officer in October 1995 and prior to assuming that position served as the
Company's Vice President, Research from October 1993 to October 1995, and as
Vice President, Engineering from July 1991 to October 1993.  From January 1989
to July 1991, he held various managerial positions in the Company including
General Manager of the Advanced Development Group, General Manager of the
Macintosh Business Unit and Director of Software Development.  Prior to joining
the Company, Mr. Millar was Vice President of Engineering and a founder of Infa
Corporation, a pen-based computing company, from June 1987 to December 1988.

     Mr. Boich has been a director of the Company since its inception in May
1986 and was the Chairman of the Board of Directors from April 1991 until March
1994.  Mr. Boich has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Rendition,
Inc., a developer of graphics chips, since March 1994.  Mr. Boich served as the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer from its inception until April
1991 and again assumed these positions from September 1992 through February
1993.  From July 1985 to April 1986, Mr. Boich worked as an independent data
communications consultant.  From March 1982 to July 1985, Mr. Boich was employed
by Apple, where he was part of the original Macintosh development team and was
responsible for applications software acquisitions and promoting third-party
software development for the Macintosh.  

     Mr. Pratt has been a director of the Company since June 1995.  Mr. Pratt 
is Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Adobe Systems 
Incorporated, a developer of systems and software for electronic printing and 
publishing.  He joined Adobe in May of 1988 as General Manager of the 
Application Products Division, was promoted to Vice President in August 1989, 
was promoted to Senior Vice President in September 1992, and was appointed 
Co-Chief Operating Officer in 



                                          39

<PAGE>


December 1995.  Prior to joining Adobe Mr. Pratt was Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating Officer of Logitech Corporation from October 1987 to April
1988.

     Mr. McKenna has been a director of the Company since February 1987.  Mr.
McKenna is Chairman of Gemini McKenna, High Tech Strategies ("Gemini McKenna"),
a management and marketing consulting firm.  In 1995 Regis McKenna Inc., which
Mr. McKenna founded in 1970, and Gemini Consulting Inc. formed Gemini McKenna. 
Mr. McKenna has also been a general partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers,
a venture capital firm, since June 1986.  Mr. McKenna currently serves on the
Board of Directors of BBN Planet Corporation, an internet service provider, and
Conductus, Inc., a manufacturer of electronic components and systems.

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

     Directors are elected by the shareholders at each annual meeting of
shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders at which
such directors are to be elected or until their successors are duly elected and
qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.  Officers are chosen
by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors. 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     During fiscal 1995, the Board adopted a director compensation policy
pursuant to which all directors appointed to the Board on or after June 1995
will receive $1,500 for each Board meeting attended.  This compensation policy
was implemented to facilitate the recruitment of additional directors.  The
directors of the Company appointed prior to June 1995 do not currently receive
compensation for services on the Board or any committee thereof.  

     The 1994 Directors Stock Option Plan (the "1994 Directors Plan") was
adopted by the Company's Board on December 14, 1994 and approved by the
Company's shareholders on February 15, 1995.  A total of 155,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1994 Directors
Plan (consisting of 100,000 shares allocated to the 1994 Directors Plan at the
time of its adoption by the Board plus 55,000 shares that were authorized for
issuance, but not issued or subject to outstanding options, under the Company's
1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Prior Directors Plan") as of February
15, 1995).  In addition, shares of the Company's Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the Prior Directors Plan
that expire or become unexercisable for any reason after February 15, 1995 will
be available for issuance under the 1994 Directors Plan.  A total of 23,750
shares of Common Stock from the Prior Directors Plan have been added to the 1994
Directors Plan since February 15, 1995 as a result of the expiration of stock
options under the Prior Directors Plan.

     The 1994 Directors Plan provides for the grant of 10,000 nonqualified stock
options ("NQSOs") to non-employee members of the Board upon appointment to the
Board and annual grants of 2,500 NQSOs on each anniversary of a director's
initial grant under either the Prior Directors Plan or the 1994 Directors Plan,
provided the Director continues to serve on the Board at such time.  In
addition, each director who received a grant to purchase 1,250 shares under the
Prior Directors Plan after August 30, 1994 and before February 15, 1995 was
eligible to receive a one time grant under the 1994 Directors Plan to purchase
1,250 shares of the Company's Common Stock.  Although options granted prior to
termination of the Prior Directors Plan remain outstanding in accordance with
their terms, no further options may be granted under the Prior Directors Plan.

     During fiscal 1995, the following directors received options to purchase
shares of the Company's Common Stock under the 1994 Directors Plan and/or the
Prior Directors Plan:  Mr. Pratt received an option to purchase 10,000 shares at
exercise price of $12.00 per share; Mr. Boich received an option to purchase
2,500 shares at an exercise price of $10.88 per share; and Mr. McKenna received
two options to purchase a total of 2,500 shares at an exercise price of $8.00.

     During fiscal 1995 and during fiscal 1996, the following individuals who
resigned from the Board received options to purchase shares of the Company's
Common Stock under the 1994 Directors Plan and/or the Prior Directors Plan: 
William Campbell, who resigned effective as of April 1995, received two options
to purchase a total of 2,500 shares at an exercise price of $8.00 per share. 
Lawrence G. Finch, who resigned effective as of October 1995, received an option
to purchase 2,500 shares at exercise price of $7.44 per share.  Michael A.
McConnell whose term ended in February 1996 received an option to purchase
10,000 shares at exercise price of $10.56 per share.

     All director stock options were granted at the market price of the
Company's Common Stock on the date of grant.



                                          40

<PAGE>


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation
awarded to, earned by or paid for services rendered in all capacities to the
Company during each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995
(except as otherwise indicated) by (i) the Company's Chief Executive Officer and
(ii) the Company's four other most highly compensated executive officers who
were serving as executive officers as of September 30, 1995 (collectively, the
"Named Executive Officers").
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                            Annual Compensation
                                                            -------------------

                                                                                                    Long Term
                                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                                   Compensation
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                     Other          Securities
                                                                   Annual            -----          Underlying        All Other
Name and Principal Position             Year     Salary($)         Bonus($)       Compensation($)   Options(#)    Compensation($)(1)
- ----------------------------            -----    ---------        ---------       ---------------   ----------    ------------------

<S>                                     <C>      <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>          <C>
Charles W. Berger (2)                   1995     275,000          48,700            77,459  (3)        62,500          35,600 (4)
President, CEO and                      1994     225,000         117,500            88,417  (3)            --          35,600 (4)
Chairman of the Board of Directors      1993     116,826          75,000                 --           250,000           1,000

Gregory M. Millar                       1995     180,000         167,700 (5)             --            40,250           1,000
Vice President, Engineering             1994     150,000          38,900                 --                --           1,000
and Chief Technology Officer            1993     135,383              --                 --            16,094           1,000

J. Daniel Shaver (6)                    1995     305,950          12,784                 --                --           1,000
Vice President,                         1994     266,116          36,348                 --           25,000.           1,000
Sales and Marketing                     1993      86,484              --                 --            63,277           1,000

Keith Harris (7)                        1995     199,789           9,392                 --               500          17,413 (8)
Vice President/                         1994     188,529          10,307                 --            30,000          14,304 (8)
General Manager, Europe                 1993     144,714              --                 --             3,000          11,538 (8)
                                        
Douglas W.C. Boake  (9)                 1995     192,092           8,523                 --                --           1,000
Vice President,                         1994     176,505              --                 --                --           1,000
Asia-Pacific Sales                      1993          --              --                 --            37,500              --

</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------

(1) Includes the Company's $1,000 matching payment under the Company's 401(k)
    Plan.

(2) Mr. Berger joined the Company in March 1993.

(3) Consists of a payment to Mr. Berger to pay for outstanding mortgage
    interest on his home.

(4) Includes $34,600 of principal and interest forgiven on a $100,000 loan to
    Mr. Berger.  See "Certain Transactions."

(5) Includes a one-time special performance bonus of $155,000.  See "Board of
    Directors and Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation."

(6) Mr. Shaver joined the Company in May 1993.  The calculation of his salary
    includes sales commissions earned during the 1995 fiscal year.  Mr. Shaver
    resigned from the Company on October 1, 1995.

(7) The calculation of Mr. Harris' salary includes sales commissions earned
    during the 1995 fiscal year.  Mr. Harris resigned from the Company on March
    4, 1996.

(8) Represents the amounts paid by the Company into Mr. Harris' pension fund as
    required by law in the United Kingdom where Mr. Harris resides.

(9) Mr. Boake joined the Company in September 1993.  The calculation of his
    salary includes sales commissions earned during the 1995 fiscal year.  Mr.
    Boake resigned from the Company on April 30, 1996.


                                          41

<PAGE>


STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN THE LAST FISCAL YEAR

    The following table sets forth further information regarding individual
grants of stock options pursuant to the Company's 1986 Stock Option Plan during
fiscal 1995 to each of the Named Executive Officers.  Messrs. Shaver, Harris and
Boake resigned from the Company on October 1, 1995, March 4, 1996 and April 30,
1996, respectively.  In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the table sets forth the hypothetical gains or "option spreads" that
would exist for the options at the end of their respective ten-year terms based
on assumed annualized rates of compound stock appreciation of 5% and 10% from
the dates the options were granted to the end of the respective option terms. 
Actual gains, if any, on option exercises are dependent on the future
performance of the Company's Common Stock and overall market conditions.  There
can be no assurance that the potential realizable values shown in this table
will be achieved.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Individual Grants
                 ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          Potential realizable value
                                                                                            at assumed annual rates
                        Number of                                                                of stock price
                       securities       % of total                                          appreciation for option
                       underlying     options granted    Exercise                                 terms ($)(1)
                        options       to employees in    or base          Expiration       --------------------------
Name                    granted (#)     fiscal year     price ($/sh)         date               5%           10%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                   <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>           <C>
Charles W. Berger     62,500 (2)         7.57%         10.56               4/25/05          145,169       1,052,119

J. Daniel Shaver          --                --            --                    --               --           --

Gregory M. Millar     40,000 (2)         4.85%         10.56  (4)          4/25/05          265,678        673,2803
                         250 (3)          .03%         10.38  (4)          4/06/05            1,631           4,134

Keith Harris             500 (3)          .06%         11.25  (4)          7/03/05            3,538           8,965

Douglas W. C. Boake       --                --            --                    --               --              --
</TABLE>

- -------------------------------

(1)  The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the
     option at its time of grant, compounded annually.  It is calculated by
     assuming that the stock price on the date of grant appreciates at the
     indicated annual rate, compounded annually for the entire term of the
     option and that the option is exercised and sold on the last day of its
     term for the appreciated stock price.  Actual gains, if any, on option
     exercises are dependent on future performance of the Company's Common
     Stock and overall market conditions.  There can be no assurance that the
     potential realizable values shown in this table will be achieved. 

(2)  These stock options were granted with an exercise price equal to the
     closing fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of
     grant.  These options become exercisable at the rate of 2% of the total
     shares per month over a period of 50 months.  These options lapse within
     30 days after the termination of an employment or consultancy
     relationship with the Company.

(3)  This stock option was granted with an exercise price equal to the closing
     fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. 
     This option becomes exercisable at the rate of 4% of the total shares per
     month over a period of 25 months.  The option will lapse within 30 days
     after the termination of an employment or consultancy relationship with
     the Company.
(4)  These stock options were repriced as of December 13, 1995 to $2.375 per
     share, which equaled the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock
     on that date, provided that the officer accept a six month prohibition on
     exercising any such options.  


                                          42
<PAGE>


EMPLOYMENT AND SERVICE AGREEMENTS

CHARLES W. BERGER

     The Company and Mr. Berger entered into an employment agreement dated
February 26, 1993, as amended on September 17, 1993, that provides for his at
will employment until such time as either the Company or Mr. Berger terminates
the employment agreement with or without cause.  Under the employment agreement,
the Company paid Mr. Berger a sign-on bonus of $25,000 and an initial base
salary of $225,000. The employment agreement established an annual performance
bonus of up to $50,000 in fiscal 1993 and up to $100,000 in fiscal 1994, unless
otherwise increased by the Compensation Committee of the Board.  The employment
agreement also required the Company to grant Mr. Berger stock options for
250,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at fair market value on the date of
grant and to loan him $100,000.  See "Certain Transactions."

     In the event of an acquisition following which Mr. Berger is not offered
the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of the surviving company
(i) the vesting of a portion of his option shares will accelerate, (ii) all
remaining principal and interest under his loan will be forgiven, and (iii) Mr.
Berger will, subject to certain conditions, continue to receive his salary and
benefits during a twelve month transition period.  For purposes of the
employment agreement, an "acquisition" is defined as the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, the merger or consolidation of
the Company with or into another corporation, or the acquisition of more than
fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Company by a single person
or a group of related persons.

     If Mr. Berger's employment is terminated by the Company for any reason
other than cause or following an acquisition, Mr. Berger will continue to
receive his salary, and vest under his stock options for six months.

KEITH HARRIS

     The Company and Mr. Harris entered into an employment agreement dated
April 12, 1990, which was subsequently assigned to Radius UK Limited, the
Company's wholly owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom.  The employment
agreement provides for Mr. Harris' at will employment until such time as either
the Company or Mr. Harris terminates the employment agreement with or without
cause.  If the employment agreement is terminated by the Company without cause,
the Company must provide Mr. Harris with either one year's prior written notice
or pay Mr. Harris his base salary for one year in lieu of notice.  Mr. Harris
resigned from the Company on March 4, 1996.

J. DANIEL SHAVER

     The Company and Mr. Shaver entered into a Settlement Agreement and
General Release on September 28, 1995, in connection with Mr. Shaver's
resignation from his position as Vice President, Sales and Marketing in October
1995.  Pursuant to that agreement, on February 1, 1996 the Company forgave a
$150,000 loan previously extended to Mr. Shaver, together with all of the
interest accrued thereon.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     The provisions of Section 317 of the California Corporations Code,
Article V of the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation and Article VI of the
Registrant's Bylaws provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted
by law for expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually
and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding arising by reason of
the fact that any person is or was a director, officer or employee of the
Registrant.  This indemnification may be sufficiently broad to permit
indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act.  In addition, Article IV of the Registrant's
Articles of Incorporation provides that the liability of the Registrant's
directors shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under the
California Law.

     The Company has entered into Indemnity Agreements with each of its
current directors to give such directors additional contractual assurances
regarding the scope of the indemnification and liability limitations set forth
in the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

     The Company currently carries a director and officer liability insurance
policy with a per claim and annual aggregate coverage limit of $10 million.


                                          43
<PAGE>


                                 CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     In September 1993, the Company loaned $100,000 to Charles W. Berger, the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, as required under the terms of
his Employment Agreement.  The loan has a three-year term and accrues simple
interest at the rate of 3.9% per annum.  The loan is secured by shares of Common
Stock subject to Mr. Berger's stock option, and fifty percent (50%) of the
proceeds from the sale of any such shares is payable to the Company until such
time as the loan is paid in full.  One third of the principal amount, together
with all accrued interest, was forgiven by the Company on each anniversary of
the date that Mr. Berger commenced employment with the Company, which was March
22, 1993.  As of June 30, 1996, no amounts remained outstanding under the loan.

     In April 1993, SuperMac Technology, Inc. ("SuperMac") loaned $300,064 to
Michael A. McConnell in connection with the payment of Mr. McConnell's
alternative minimum tax resulting from his exercise of a stock option in 1992. 
Mr. McConnell resigned from the position of director at the February 1996
shareholders meeting.  The Company assumed the loan in connection with the
merger with SuperMac in August 1994.  The loan is due on or before April 30,
2003 and is repayable in amounts equal to the tax saving resulting from the
minimum tax credit allowable under Section 53 of the Code (or the adjustment
provided in Section 56 thereunder).  The loan bears interest at the rate of
3.75% per annum.  As of June 30, 1996, approximately $152,064 of the principal
amount of the loan remained outstanding. 

     In April 1994, the Company loaned a total of $150,000 to J. Daniel Shaver
to purchase a home in the Bay Area.  Mr. Shaver served as the Company's Vice
President of Sales and Marketing from May 1993 to October 1995.  The loan has a
five year term and bears simple interest at the rate of 5.88% per annum.  On
February 1, 1996, the Company forgave all of the $150,000 principal amount,
together with all of the interest accrued thereon.

     The Company has entered into indemnity agreements with certain officers
and directors which provide, among other things, that the Company will indemnify
such officer or director, under the circumstances and to the extent provided for
therein, for expenses, damages, judgments, fines and settlements the officer or
director may be required to pay in actions or proceedings which the officer or
director is or may be made a party by reason of the officer's or director's
position with the Company, and otherwise to the full extent permitted under
California law and the Company's By-laws.

     Three shareholders of the Company, SCI Technology, Inc. ("SCI"), 
Mitsubishi Electronics America Corp. ("Mitsubishi") and Hamilton 
Hallmark/Avnet Co. ("HH/Avnet"), have been significant suppliers of the 
Company.  SCI provides graphics cards; Mitsubishi supplies monitors; and 
HH/Avnet supplied components for the Company's systems business (which was 
sold to UMAX in February 1996). The Company's purchases from SCI for the 
current fiscal year and the 1995 fiscal year were approximately $35.0 million 
in aggregate (SCI began doing business with the Company in fiscal 1995).  
Purchases from Mitsubishi for the current fiscal year are expected to be 
approximately $25.0 million, purchases for the 1995 and 1994 fiscal years 
were significantly higher, at approximately $30.0 million and $10.0 million, 
respectively.  The Company no longer does business with HH/Avnet, although 
purchases from HH/Avnet for the current fiscal year were approximately $6.5 
million (the Company began doing business with HH/Avnet during the current 
fiscal year.)

     Each of SCI, Mitsubishi and HH/Avnet beneficially own 9,719,200,
3,999,901 and 3,188,966 shares of Common Stock respectively and 2,958,017,
1,217,361 and 970,555 Rights, respectively.  All of the foregoing securities
were acquired pursuant to the Plan, pursuant to which SCI, Mitsubishi and
HH/Avnet accepted such securities in satisfaction claims of approximately $12.8
million, $5.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

     Mitsubishi was granted a security interest of up to $4.4 million in the 
technology and intellectual property utilized in the Company's PressView
products in order to secure the Company's payment obligations with respect to
the manufacturing of the Company's PressView products.

     IBM Credit has been the Company's primary secured lender since February 
1995.  For the current fiscal year and the 1995 fiscal year, interest 
payments to IBM Credit were approximately $1.4 million and $2.9 million 
respectively.   

     As described under "Recent Developments--Debt for Equity Exchange" the
Company issued 750,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and
Warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of $3.0
million of indebtedness to IBM Credit, as well as in consideration of
restructuring the terms of the Company's remaining $23.4 million indebtedness to
IBM Credit.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a description of
the terms of the restructured IBM Credit loan.  



                                          44

<PAGE>


     The Company believes that all of the transactions set forth above were
made on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained
from unaffiliated third parties.  All future transactions between the Company
and its officers, directors and principal shareholders and their affiliates will
be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the
independent and disinterested directors of the Board of Directors, and will be
on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from
unaffiliated third parties.



                                          45

<PAGE>


                        PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company
with respect to beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of
September 13, 1996 for (i) each shareholder who is known by the Company to be
the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock; (ii) the
Chief Executive Officer and each of the Named Executive Officers; (iii) each of
the Company's directors, (iv) all current directors and executive officers of
the Company as a group and (v) the Selling Securityholders.  This table assumes
that the Selling Securityholders will sell all of the Company's securities held
by them.  The Company is unable to determine the exact number of shares that
will actually be sold.  Assignees of Selling Securityholder, if any, who acquire
shares of Common Stock of the Company from the Selling Securityholder and
satisfy certain conditions are entitled to the same registration rights as the
Selling Securityholder.  If any such assignee wishes to sell shares hereunder,
this Prospectus will be amended or supplemented to name such assignee as a
Selling Securityholder.  Except as otherwise described below, all Selling
Securityholders were creditors of the Company to whom the Company had
outstanding accounts payable, and such creditors agreed to receive Common Stock
and Rights in satisfaction of their claims, and the Selling Securityholders have
not had any other position, office or other material relationship with the
Company within the past three years.  Unless otherwise noted, all Selling
Securityholders and offering shares of Common Stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           Shares Beneficially
                                                                                                               Owned After
                                                                                                               Offering (1)
                                    Shares Beneficially Owned                     Number of Shares        ---------------------
Name of Beneficial Owner              Prior to Offering (1)         Percent        Being Offered          Number        Percent
- ------------------------           ----------------------------     -------      ------------------       ------        -------
<S>                                <C>                               <C>          <C>                     <C>           <C>
Executive Officers, Directors
and 5% Shareholders
- -------------------

Michael D. Boich (2)                    214,301                        *                   --             214,301          *

Charles W. Berger (3)                   237,500                        *                   --             237,500          *

Gregory M. Millar (4)                    50,171                        *                   --              50,171          *

Regis McKenna (5)                        33,463                        *                   --              33,463          *

Douglas W.C. Boake (6)                        0                        *                   --                 0            *

Keith Harris (7)                              0                        *                   --                 0            *

David B. Pratt (8)                        3,500                        *                   --               3,500          *

J. Daniel Shaver (9)                          0                        *                   --                 0            *

All current executive officers
and directors as a group
(6 persons) (10)                       557,035                       *                    --             557,035          *

IBM Credit Corporation (11)           6,123,030                     11.2%                 (12)                0            *

Mitsubishi Electronics America 
Corp. (13)                            3,999,901                      7.3            5,217,262                 0            *

SCI Technology, Inc. (14)             9,719,200                     17.9           12,677,217                 0            *

Hamilton Hallmark/Avnet Co. (15)      3,188,966                      5.9            4,159,521                 0            *

<CAPTION>

Selling Securityholders
- -----------------------

A&R Partners                             60,577                       *                79,013                 0            *

All American, Inc.                        8,536                       *                11,134                 0            *

American Credit Indemnity               117,723                       *               153,552                 0            *

AMP Incorporated                         99,655                       *               129,985                 0            *

Apple Computer Inc.                     295,885                       *               385,937                 0            *
 
Avex Electronics, Inc.                1,649,208                      3.0            2,151,141                 0            *

Bell Microproducts, Inc.                156,303                       *               203,874                 0            *
</TABLE>


                                          46
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           Shares Beneficially
                                                                                                               Owned After
                                                                                                               Offering (1)
                                    Shares Beneficially Owned                     Number of Shares        ---------------------
Name of Beneficial Owner              Prior to Offering (1)         Percent        Being Offered          Number        Percent
- ------------------------           ----------------------------     -------      ------------------       ------        -------
<S>                                <C>                              <C>          <C>                      <C>           <C>
Boise Cascade Office Products
 Corp.                                   19,625                        *               25,598                 0              *

Broniec Associates                      124,781                        *              162,758                 0              *

Cadence Design Systems Inc.             161,562                        *              210,733                 0              *

Capetronic, Inc.                         69,527                        *               90,687                 0              *

Capital Components                        2,806                        *                3,660                 0              *

CB Commercial, Inc.                     146,387                        *              190,940                 0              *

The Cerplex Group, Inc.                 237,262                        *              309,472                 0              *

Clearbrook & Co. Ltd.                   966,153                       1.8           1,260,199                 0              *

Communication Arts                        6,659                        *                8,686                 0              *

Continental Circuits Corp.              666,177                       1.2             868,927                 0              *

Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson &        63,436                        *               82,743                 0              *
Tatum LLP

Mike Coryell                            233,198                        *              304,171                 0              *

Craftsman Printing Inc.                  99,633                        *              129,956                 0               *
 
Crystal Semiconductor Inc.               23,646                        *               30,842                 0              *

DGR Technologies                         39,579                        *               51,625                 0              *

Digital Equipment Corporation           929,474                       1.7           1,212,357                 0              *

Discopylabs                              33,703                        *               43,960                 0              *

Douglas Stewart Co.                     171,708                        *              223,967                 0              *
 
Dynamic Circuits Inc.                    54,246                        *               70,756                 0              *

Entex Information Services              124,781                        *              162,758                 0              *

Epson America Inc.                      165,457                        *              215,813                 0              *

Eric Electronics, Inc.                   72,946                        *               95,147                 0              *
 
Icon International, Inc.                472,207                        *              614,922                 0              *

Inacom Corp.                            146,072                        *              190,529                 0              *

Infinity Technical Sales, Inc.           59,560                        *               77,687                 0              *
 
International Communications, Inc.       70,185                        *               91,546                 0              *

Lasex                                     3,174                        *                4,140                 0              *

Mack Technologies, Inc.                 580,008                       1.1             756,532                 0              *

Magnetek, Inc.                          223,878                        *              292,015                 0              *

Manufacturers Services Limited        1,721,137                       3.2           2,244,961                 0              *

Marlow Industries, Inc.                  72,576                        *               94,664                 0              *

McCutchen, Doyle, Brown & Enerson       288,703                        *              376,569                 0              *

</TABLE>


                                          47

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           Shares Beneficially
                                                                                                               Owned After
                                                                                                               Offering (1)
                                    Shares Beneficially Owned                     Number of Shares        ---------------------
Name of Beneficial Owner              Prior to Offering (1)         Percent        Being Offered          Number        Percent
- ------------------------           ----------------------------     -------      ------------------       ------        -------
<S>                                <C>                              <C>          <C>                      <C>           <C>
Merisel                                 872,930                       1.6           1,138,604                 0              *

Metrowerks Corporation                    1,853                        *                2,417                 0              *

Microage Computer                       885,783                       1.6           1,155,368                 0              *

Mitsubishi International 
  Corporation                           300,797                        *              392,344                 0              *

Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.              475,414                        *              620,105                 0              *

Oracle Corporation                      147,202                        *              192,003                 0              *

Pacific Rim Data Sciences                57,109                        *               74,490                 0              *
 
Pan International (USA)                   9,021                        *               11,766                 0              *

Robert A. Pollock                        13,452                        *               17,546                 0              *

Proto Engineering                        46,982                        *               61,281                 0              *

PTA Corporation                           8,671                        *               11,310                 0              *

Quantum                               1,266,048                       2.3           1,651,367                 0              *

Rand Technology, Inc.                     4,921                        *                6,419                 0              *

RSVP                                     59,346                        *               77,408                 0              *

Sampo Corporation of America             88,704                        *              115,701                 0              *

San Jose Blueprint                        3,303                        *                4,308                 0              *

Sherpa Corporation                      268,196                        *              349,721                 0              *

Synopsys, Inc.                           90,997                        *              118,692                 0              *

Tech Data Corporation                 1,296,908                       2.4           1,691,619                 0              *

Tektronix, Inc.                          67,982                        *               88,672                 0              *

Telo Electronics, Inc.                    7,517                        *                9,805                 0              *

Toshiba America Electronics             227,787                        *              297,114                 0              *
Components Inc.
 
Total Corporate Services, Inc.              919                        *                1,199                 0              *

Valmark Industries, Inc.                  5,550                        *                7,239                 0              *

Jean Vollum & Steven Vollum           1,449,339                       2.7           1,890,519                 0              *
Trustee UTADTD3486

Wajilei Foundation (16)                 158,000                        *              182,348                 0              *

Mark Wiprud                             233,198                        *              304,171                 0              *

Yamamoto Mfg. (USA) Inc.                 46,031                        *               60,041                 0              *

Ziff-Davis Publishing Company Inc.      140,697                        *              183,518                 0              *

Radius Creditors' Trust                 791,280                       1.5           1,032,104                 0              *
</TABLE>

- -------------------------
*  Less than one percent.

(1)   Unless otherwise indicated below, the persons and entities named in the
      table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all
      shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where
      applicable.  Based on 54,441,297 shares of 


                                          48

<PAGE>

      Common Stock outstanding prior to the offering.  A person is deemed to be
      the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired by such person
      within 60 days upon the exercise of Warrants or options or conversion of
      convertible securities.  Calculations of percentages of beneficial
      ownership assume the exercise of Warrants or options or conversion of
      convertible securities by only the respective named securityholder of all
      Warrants, options or convertible securities convertible into Common Stock
      held by such securityholder which are convertible or exercisable within
      60 days of September 13, 1996.  Because the shares of Common Stock
      issuable pursuant to the Rights are issuable only in the event that the
      Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock, the
      shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Selling Securityholders do
      not include an aggregate of 11,046,060 shares issuable pursuant to Rights
      issued to Selling Securityholders other than IBM Credit (which Selling
      Securityholder does not own any Rights).  

(2)   Represents 208,676 shares held by Mr. Boich, and 5,625 shares subject to
      options exercisable within 60 days of September 13, 1996.

(3)   Represents 150 shares held by Mr. Berger as beneficial owner for his
      children, and 237,350 shares subject to an option exercisable within 60
      days of September 13, 1996.

(4)   Includes 35,421 shares subject to options held by Mr. Millar that are
      exercisable within 60 days of September 13, 1996.

(5)   Represents 21,276 shares held by Mr. McKenna, and 12,187 shares subject
      to options exercisable within 60 days of September 13, 1996.

(6)   Mr. Boake resigned from the Company on April 30, 1996 and all of his
      options expired on May 30, 1996.

(7)   Mr. Harris resigned from the Company on March 4, 1996 and all of his
      options expired on April 4, 1996.

(8)   Represents 1,000 shares held by Mr. Pratt, and 2,500 shares subject to
      options exercisable within 60 days of September 13, 1996.

(9)   Mr. Shaver resigned from the Company on October 1, 1995 and all of his
      stock options expired on November 1, 1995.

(10)  Includes the shares described in all footnotes above relating to current
      directors and Named Executive Officers.

(11)  Represents shares issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible
      Preferred Stock and upon exercise of Warrants.  Also assumes that
      5,523,030 shares of Common Stock is issuable upon conversion of the
      Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  In the event the trading price of
      the Company's Common Stock exceeds certain levels, an aggregate of
      6,075,333 shares of Common Stock could be issued upon conversion of the
      Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  IBM Credit is the Company's
      secured lender.  See "Certain Transactions."  IBM Credit's address is
      1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, NY  10604.

(12)  IBM Credit is offering up to 6,675,333 shares of Common Stock, 750,000
      shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 600,000 Warrants.

(13)  Does not include 1,242,459 shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rights in
      the event the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted into
      Common Stock.  Mitsubishi Electronics America Corp.'s address is 5665
      Plaza Drive, Cypress, CA  90630.

(14)  Does not include 3,019,003 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to
      Rights in the event the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted
      into Common Stock.  SCI Technology Inc.'s address is 2101 Clinton Avenue,
      Huntsville, AL  35805.

(15)  Does not include 990,565 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to
      Rights in the event the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted
      into Common Stock.  Hamilton Hallmark/Avnet Co.'s address is P.O. Box
      100340, Pasadena, CA  91189.

(16)  Such Selling Securityholder acquired 78,000 of the shares of Common Stock
      offered hereby in connection with a private placement transaction
      occurring in June 1995 (the "Private Placement").

                             DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000
shares of Common Stock and 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.  As of September
13, 1996, there were outstanding approximately 54,441,297 shares of Common Stock
held of record by approximately 4,500 shareholders, 750,000 shares of Preferred
Stock outstanding, all of which are designated as Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock and held of record by IBM Credit, and options to purchase approximately
1,258,689 shares of Common Stock.

COMMON STOCK

      Each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock
held on all matters.  The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive or other
rights to subscribe for additional shares. All outstanding shares of Common
Stock are, and those offered hereby will be, validly issued, fully paid and non
assessable. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to holders of any
Preferred Stock then outstanding, holders of Common Stock are entitled to such
dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
the assets legally available for distribution to shareholders are distributable
ratably among the holders of the Common Stock at that time outstanding, subject
to prior distribution rights of creditors of the Company and to the preferential
rights of any shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding.



                                          49

<PAGE>


PREFERRED STOCK

      The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations
prescribed by California law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred
Stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares
to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and
privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of
shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares of such series
then outstanding), without any further vote or action by the shareholders. The
Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock with voting or
conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights
of the holders of Common Stock. Thus, the issuance of Preferred Stock may have
the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the
Company.  The Company has no Preferred Stock other than the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock and has no current plan to issue any additional shares of
Preferred Stock.

      SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

      The dividend, liquidation and certain redemption features of the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, each of which is discussed in greater detail below,
are determined by reference to the Liquidation Price of the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, which is defined in the aggregate as $3.0 million plus any
accrued but unpaid dividends.

      Dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock accrue cumulatively
at a rate of 10% per annum of the Liquidation Price and are payable on a
quarterly basis in cash or in shares of Common Stock, at the Company's
discretion.  The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ranks senior to any other
Preferred Stock and the Common Stock with respect to the declaration and payment
of dividends.

      Upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, holders of
the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive from the
assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders an amount in
cash or property or a combination thereof per share equal to the Liquidation
Price.  The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Common
Stock and any other Preferred Stock which may subsequently be issued with
respect to the receipt of liquidation proceeds.

      The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Liquidation
Price the option of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock upon the sale by the Company of any part of the
Company's interest in Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. or its other portfolio
interests, upon the occurrence of certain extraordinary events such as the sale
or disposition of some or all of the Company's operating assets or businesses,
the sale of the Company's inventory outside of the ordinary course of business,
or the merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity (such events
are referred to as "Triggering Events") which Triggering Event (or combination
of Triggering Events for the prior 12 months) yields available net proceeds to
the Company of $100,000 (only to the extent of the available net proceeds from
such Triggering Event and subject to legal availability of funds therefor). 
Available net proceeds are defined as the net proceeds to the Company from a
Triggering Event after any required payments to holders of the Company's
indebtedness.  If the holders have not elected to have their shares redeemed
within 10 days after sending of the notice of the Triggering Event (the
"Election Period").  In the event that such holders do not elect such redemption
within the Election Period, Radius can redeem the Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock (to the extent of the available net proceeds to the Company resulting from
such Triggering Event and subject to the legal availability of funds therefor)
at a redemption price equal to 110% of the Liquidation Price by notifying the
holders of its intention to so redeem the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
within 30 days after the expiration of the Election Period (the "Second
Notice").  The holders may then elect, within fifteen days of receiving the
Second Notice, to convert into Common Stock.  The number of shares subject to
such conversion shall be equal to the amount of the available net proceeds to
the Company from such Triggering Event divided by the Liquidation Price.

      The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will vote on all matters
submitted to a vote of the Company's shareholders together as a single class
with all other classes of the Company's capital stock with each share of Series
A Convertible Preferred Stock having the number of votes which would be cast if
such shares were converted at the option of the holders into Common Stock on the
day prior to the date of the vote except as otherwise required by applicable
law.

      Except as described below, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will
be subject to conversion from time to time, in whole or in part, at the option
of the holder, into an aggregate of 5,523,030 shares of Common Stock with each
share being convertible into 7.364 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment
in the event of a stock dividend, stock split, combination or reclassification
of the Common Stock.



                                          50

<PAGE>


      A portion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is automatically
subject to conversion at any time 90 days after the effective date of the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part (and if such
Registration Statement is in effect or the use of this Prospectus has not been
suspended) in the event that the trading price of the Company's Common Stock
exceeds, for a period of 15 consecutive trading days, a price per share equal to
$0.815 and a registration statement with respect to the Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of such securities is in effect.  Upon such an event, 93,750
shares of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock would be convertible into an
aggregate of 759,413 shares of Common Stock (or 8.1004 shares of Common Stock
for each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock).  No more than 93,750
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may be so converted in any fiscal
quarter.  The trading price of the Common Stock must then exceed $0.815 per
share in a subsequent quarter before the Series A Convertible Preferred can be
again subject to such a conversion.

RIGHTS

      The Company issued Rights to receive an aggregate of 11,046,060 shares of
Common Stock to unsecured creditors who received shares of Common Stock in
satisfaction of their claims, (including 240,824 Rights to the Radius Creditors
Trust).  Each Right entitles the holder thereof to receive one share of Common
Stock if and when all of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is
converted into Common Stock.  The Rights are not transferable.

      The Rights contain standard antidilution provisions in the event of a
stock dividend, stock split, combination or reclassification of the Common
Stock.

WARRANTS

      The Company issued Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 600,000 shares of
Common Stock to IBM Credit.

      The Warrants are exercisable at any time, for a four-year period at an
exercise price of $1.00 per share, and may also be exercised on a "net exercise"
or "cashless" basis or in settlement of debt.

      The Warrants contain standard antidilution provisions in the event of a
stock dividend, stock split, combination or reclassification of the Common
Stock.

      The Company and IBM Credit have agreed, at the Company's option, to
either reduce the exercise price of the Warrants to $0.80 per share or issue to
IBM Credit additional Warrants to purchase a numhber of shares equal to 600,000
less the number of any Warrants which may be issued to key suppliers of the
Company in the event that the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
forms a part is not declared effective by March 31, 1997.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

      Upon the expiration of this offering, holders of shares of Common Stock 
and Rights issued to its unsecured creditors as well as the Series A 
Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants will have demand registration rights 
with respect to the shares of Common Stock held by them and the shares of 
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred 
Stock or upon exercise of the Rights and Warrants.  IBM Credit will also have 
demand registration rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock which 
are paid in lieu of cash dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred 
Stock.  These registration rights will permit such holders to cause the 
Company to register such shares of Common Stock as soon as practicable after 
the Closing.  The Company will maintain the effectiveness of any such 
registration statement until such shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 in 
a three-month period without registration or until it is eligible to file a 
registration statement on Form S-3, at which time the original registration 
statement will be terminated and the Company will file a registration 
statement on Form S-3 as soon thereafter as practicable in order to minimize 
any period of non-effectiveness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the 
occurrence of certain events, the Company will be entitled to suspend the use 
of the Registration Statement.  All expenses incurred in connection with such 
registrations (other than underwriters' discounts and commissions) will be 
borne by the Company.  See "Risk Factors -- Shares Eligible For Future Sale."

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

      The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Company's Common Stock is
First Interstate Bank.



                                          51

<PAGE>

 
                                 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

SHARES TO BE OFFERED BY THE COMPANY

      The Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part includes
shares of Common Stock with a fair market value of up to $600,000 in the event
that the Company elects to make its first eight quarterly dividend payments on
the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in shares of Common Stock in lieu of
cash. 

      The Company has not entered into, and does not intend to enter into, any
agreement, arrangement or understanding with any underwriter or any broker or
market maker with respect to the securities offered by the Company hereby.

      IBM Credit received 750,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock in connection with the Plan.  Because dividends on the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock may be paid in cash or in shares of the Company's
Common Stock, the Company may elect to pay such dividends in shares of Common
Stock with a fair market value of $75,000 on each of the first eight quarterly
dividend payment dates for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  The
Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of Common Stock in
lieu of such cash dividends.  See "Recent Developments -- Debt for Equity
Exchange," "Use of Proceeds" and "Description of Capital Stock."

SECURITIES TO BE OFFERED BY THE SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

      In connection with the Plan, the Company and the Selling 
Securityholders entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the 
"Agreement") with the Company.  The Registration Statement of which this 
Prospectus forms a part has also been filed pursuant to the Agreement.

      To the Company's knowledge, the Selling Securityholders have not entered
into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any underwriter or any
particular broker or market maker with respect to the shares offered hereby, nor
does the Company know the identity of the brokers or market makers which will 
participate in the offering.

      The shares of Common Stock to be offered by the Selling Securityholders 
hereby may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling 
Securityholders. The Selling Securityholders will act independently of the 
Company in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of 
each sale.  Such sales may be made over the SmallCap Market or otherwise, at 
prices and on terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then market 
price, or in negotiated transactions.  The shares may be sold by one or more 
of the following:  (a) a block trade in which the broker-dealer engaged by 
the Selling Securityholder will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may 
position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the 
transaction; (b) purchases by the broker-dealer as principal and resale by 
such broker or dealer for its account pursuant to this Prospectus; and (c) 
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits 
purchasers.  The Company has been advised by the Selling Securityholder that 
it has not, as of the date hereof, entered into any arrangement with a 
broker-dealer for the sale of shares through a block trade, special offering, 
or secondary distribution of a purchase by a broker-dealer.  In effecting 
sales, broker-dealers engaged by the Selling Securityholder may arrange for 
other broker-dealers to participate.  Broker-dealers will receive commissions 
or discounts from the Selling Securityholder in amounts to be negotiated 
immediately prior to the sale.

      In offering the shares, the Selling Securityholders and any 
broker-dealers who execute sales for the Selling Securityholders may be 
deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act in 
connection with such sales, and any profits realized by the Selling 
Securityholders and the compensation of such broker-dealer may be deemed to 
be underwriting discounts and commissions.

      The Selling Securityholders have advised the Company that, during such
time as they may be engaged in a distribution of the shares of Common Stock
included herein, they will comply with Rules 10b-6 and 10b-7 under the Exchange
Act and, in connection therewith, the Selling Shareholders have agreed not to
engage in any stabilization activity in connection with any securities of the
Company, to furnish copies of this Prospectus to each broker-dealer through
which the shares of Common Stock included herein may be offered, and not to bid
for or purchase any securities of the Company or attempt to induce any person to
purchase any securities of the Company except as permitted under the Exchange
Act.  The Selling Securityholders have also agreed to inform the Company and
broker-dealers through whom sales may be made hereunder when the distribution of
the shares is completed.



                                          52

<PAGE>


      Rule 10b-6 under the Exchange Act prohibits participants in a
distribution from bidding for or purchasing for an account in which the
participant has a beneficial interest, any of the securities that are the
subject of the distribution.  Rule 10b-7 under the Exchange Act governs bids and
purchases made to stabilize the price of a security in connection with a
distribution of the security.

      The Agreement provides that the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part will remain in effect for 24 months.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, upon the occurrence of certain events, the Company may suspend
the use of this Prospectus.

      Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, this Prospectus will
be amended to include additional disclosure before offers and sales of the
securities in question are made:  (a) to the extent the securities are sold at a
fixed price or at a price other than the prevailing market price, such price
would be set forth in the Prospectus, (b) if the securities are sold in block
transactions and the purchaser acting in the capacity of an underwriter wishes
to resell, such arrangements would be described in the Prospectus, (c) if the
Selling Securityholder sells to a broker-dealer acting in the capacity as an
underwriter, such broker-dealer will be identified in the Prospectus and (d) if
the compensation paid to broker-dealers is other than usual and customary
discounts, concessions or commissions, disclosure of the terms of the
transaction would be included in the Prospectus.

      The Company will bear estimated expenses of approximately $250,000 in
connection with the offering of the securities offered hereby.

                                    LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the issuance of the shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, Common Stock and the Warrants offered hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Fenwick & West LLP, Two Palo Alto Square, Palo Alto,
California 94306.

                                       EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of Radius Inc. at September 30,
1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30,
1995, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited
by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report
thereon, (which contains an explanatory paragraph with respect to the
uncertainty of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern as mentioned
in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements), appearing elsewhere herein,
and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.




                                          53


<PAGE>


                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                                         Page
                                                                         ----

     Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors                    F-2

     Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 1995
          and 1994                                                        F-3

     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
          September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993                               F-4

     Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for
          the Years Ended September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993              F-5

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years
          Ended September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993                        F-6

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                           F-7


     September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993                                   F-22
     Schedule II:  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 1996                         F-23

     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three
     Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 and for the Nine
     Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995                                 F-24

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine
     Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995                                 F-25

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                          F-26


UNAUDITED PROFORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                  P-1


                                       F-1
<PAGE>



                REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS
RADIUS INC.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Radius Inc. as
of September 30, 1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders' equity (net capital deficiency) and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1995.  Our audits also
included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at page F-1.
These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Radius
Inc. at September 30, 1995 and 1994, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered
in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly
in all material respects the information set forth therein.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming
that Radius Inc. will continue as a going concern.  As more fully described in
Note 1, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses, and has a
deficiency in assets and working capital. In addition the Company has not
complied with certain covenants of loan agreements with its lenders.  These
conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.  (Management's plans in regard to these matters are also
described in Note 1.)  The financial statements do not include any adjustment to
reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of
assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the
outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in 1993 the
Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.

                                                               ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Palo Alto, California
December 8, 1995,
except for Note 11, as to which the
date is December 27, 1995

                                       F-2


<PAGE>


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

September 30  (in thousands)
                                                           1995          1994
                                                           ----          ----
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                              $  4,760      $ 15,997
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $8,502 in 1995 and $2,548 in 1994         61,644        62,145
  Inventories                                              15,071        21,069
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                 2,336         1,473
  Income tax receivable                                       519         9,083
  Deferred income taxes                                         -         8,400
                                                         --------      --------
        Total current assets                               84,330       118,167

Property and equipment, net                                 3,031         7,728

Deposits and other assets                                     517           964
                                                         --------      --------
                                                         $ 87,878      $126,859
                                                         --------      --------
                                                         --------      --------

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (NET CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                      $  73,098      $ 39,255
  Accrued payroll and related expenses                      5,815         4,024
  Accrued warranty costs                                    3,170         2,255
  Other accrued liabilities                                11,920         6,650
  Accrued income taxes                                      1,665         1,237
  Accrued restructuring and other charges                  17,013        15,148
  Short-term borrowings                                    29,489        18,095
  Obligations under capital leases - current portion        1,494         1,647
                                                         --------      --------

         Total current liabilities                        143,664        88,311

Obligations under capital leases-noncurrent portion         1,331         2,857

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' equity: (Net capital deficiency)
  Convertible preferred stock, no par value, 1,000 shares
    authorized; none issued and outstanding
  Common stock, no par value; 50,000 shares authorized;
    issued and outstanding--17,143 shares in 1995 and
    14,046 shares in 1994                                 113,791        87,017
  Common stock to be issued                                12,022             -
  Accumulated deficit                                    (182,993)      (51,251)
  Accumulated translation adjustment                           63           (75)
                                                         --------      --------

  Total shareholders' equity (Net capital deficiency)     (57,117)       35,691
                                                         --------      --------

                                                         $ 87,878      $126,859
                                                         --------      --------
                                                         --------      --------

See accompanying notes.


                                       F-3
<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For years ended September 30
(in thousands, except per share data)
                                                   1995     1994 (1)   1993 (1)
                                                 --------   --------   --------

Net sales                                        $308,133   $324,805   $337,373

Cost of sales                                     302,937    276,948    254,321
                                                 --------   --------   --------
     Gross profit                                   5,196     47,857     83,052
                                                 --------   --------   --------
Operating expenses:

  Research and development                         19,310     33,956     33,503

  Selling, general and administrative              90,068     94,731     84,132
                                                 --------   --------   --------

       Total operating expenses                   109,378    128,687    117,635
                                                 --------   --------   --------

Loss from operations                             (104,182)   (80,830)   (34,583)

Interest and other income (loss)                   (3,045)      (376)       705

Interest expense                                   (3,023)      (869)      (635)

Litigation settlement                             (12,422)         -           -
                                                 --------   --------   --------

Loss before income taxes                         (122,672)   (82,075)   (34,513)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes                9,070     (4,600)   (13,774)
                                                 --------   --------   --------

Loss before cumulative
  effect of a change in accounting principle     (131,742)   (77,475)   (20,739)

Cumulative effect of a change in method
  of accounting for income taxes                        -          -        600
                                                 --------   --------   --------

Net loss                                        $(131,742)  $(77,475)  $(20,139)
                                                 --------   --------   --------
                                                 --------   --------   --------

Net loss per share:
Loss before cumulative effect
  of a change in accounting principle            $  (8.75)   $ (5.70)  $  (1.61)

Cumulative effect of a change in method
  of accounting for income taxes                        -          -       0.05
                                                 --------   --------   --------

Net loss per share                               $  (8.75)  $  (5.70)  $  (1.56)
                                                 --------   --------   --------
                                                 --------   --------   --------

Common and common equivalent shares used in
  computing net loss per share                     15,049     13,598     12,905
                                                 --------   --------   --------
                                                 --------   --------   --------

See accompanying notes.

(1)  This period has been restated to reflect the 1994 Merger of Radius and
     SuperMac which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.  See Note 10 of
     Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The consolidated financial
     statements for fiscal 1993 have not been restated to adjust SuperMac's
     fiscal year end to that of Radius.  This period includes Radius' results of
     operations and balance sheet data on a September 30 fiscal year basis and
     SuperMac's on a December 31 calendar year basis.  The operating results for
     both the twelve months ended September 30, 1994 and September 30, 1993
     include the restructuring and other charges of $16.6 million recorded by
     SuperMac in December 1993.


                                       F-4

<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the years ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993
(in thousands, except share data)                                                                      Total
                                                               Retained                             Shareholders
                                                               Earnings                 Accumulated   Equity
                                                     Common  (Accumulated  Deferred     Translation (Net Capital
                                                      Stock    Deficit)    Compensation  Adjustment  Deficiency)
                                                    --------  ---------    ------------ ----------  ------------
 <S>                                                <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
 Balance at September 30, 1992 (1)                   $60,203   $ 36,449    $   (58)     $    37     $ 96,631
   Issuance of 738 shares of common stock
     under the SuperMac public offering               15,401                                          15,401
   Issuance of 517 shares of common stock
     under Stock Option Plans                          1,324          -          -            -        1,324
   Issuance of 159 shares of common stock
     under the Employee Stock Purchase Plans           1,663          -          -            -        1,663
   Tax benefit from stock options exercised            3,358          -          -            -        3,358
   Amortization of deferred compensation                   -          -         36            -           36
   Currency translation adjustment                         -          -          -         (119)        (119)
   Net loss                                                -    (20,139)         -            -      (20,139)
                                                     -------    --------   -------       ------      --------

 Balance at September 30, 1993 (1)                   81,949      16,310        (22)         (82)      98,155
   Issuance of 350 shares of common stock
     under Stock Option Plans                          1,800          -          -            -        1,800
   Issuance of 170 shares of common stock
     under Employee Stock Purchase Plans                 989          -          -            -          989
   Issuance of 206 shares of common stock
     pursuant to the acquisition of VideoFusion        1,854          -          -            -        1,854
   Tax benefit from stock options exercised              425          -          -            -          425
   Amortization of deferred compensation                   -          -         22            -           22
   Currency translation adjustment                         -          -          -            7            7
   Net loss                                                -    (77,475)         -            -      (77,475)
   Elimination of SuperMac net loss
      for the three months ended December 31, 1993                9,914          -            -        9,914
                                                     -------    --------   -------       ------      -------

Balance at September 30, 1994                         87,017    (51,251)        -           (75)      35,691
   Issuance of 214 shares of common stock
     under Stock Option Plans                          1,254                                           1,254
   Issuance of 162 shares of common stock
     under Employee Stock Purchase Plan                1,298                                           1,298
   Issuance of 212 shares pursuant to the
     acquisition of VideoFusion                        2,857                                           2,857
   Settlement of Litigation-stock to be issued        12,022                                          12,022
   Issuance of 2,509 shares of common stock
     through private placement                        21,365                                          21,365
   Currency translation adjustment                                                          138          138
   Net Loss                                                    (131,742)                            (131,742)
                                                     -------    --------   -------       ------      --------

Balance at September 30, 1995                       $125,813  $(182,993)         -        $  63     $(57,117)
                                                    --------  ----------   -------        -----      --------
                                                    --------  ----------   -------        -----      --------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.

(1)  These periods have been restated to reflect the 1994 Merger of Radius and
SuperMac which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.  See Note 10 of
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The consolidated financial
statements for all periods prior to fiscal 1994 have not been restated to adjust
SuperMac's fiscal year end to that of Radius.  Such periods include Radius'
results of operations and balance sheet data on a September 30 fiscal year basis
and SuperMac's on a December 31 calendar year basis.


                                      F-5

<PAGE>


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For years ended September 30
(in thousands)                                                  1995        1994      1993(1)
                                                             ---------   --------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss                                                   $(131,742)  $(77,475)  $(20,139)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
  used in operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                               4,689      4,542      8,160
     Acquired in-process research and development expenses           -      2,550          -
     Elimination of SuperMac net loss for the three months
         ended December 31, 1993                                     -      9,914          -
     Non-cash restructuring and other charges                   57,865     40,775     28,981
     Common stock to be issued                                  12,022          -          -
  (Increase) decrease in assets:
     Accounts receivable                                        (5,471)   (20,171)    (7,543)
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                             5,954        426        297
     Inventories                                               (27,140)    (1,058)    (5,633)
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                    (862)     1,739         15
     Income tax receivable                                       8,564        468     (9,551)
     Deferred income taxes                                       8,400     11,248    (11,322)
  Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
     Accounts payable                                           33,843      3,470      2,570
     Accrued payroll and related expenses                       (1,871)    (1,441)     1,014
     Accrued warranty costs                                        915     (1,584)       438
     Other accrued liabilities                                   5,270     (4,039)     2,171
     Accrued restructuring and other charges                   (13,601)    (6,117)         -
     Accrued income taxes                                          428     (1,534)     4,585
                                                            ----------   --------   --------
     Total adjustments                                          89,005     39,188     14,182
                                                            ----------   --------   --------

     Net cash used in operating activities                     (42,737)   (38,287)    (5,957)
                                                            ----------   --------   --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures                                          (1,894)    (3,460)    (7,739)
  Deposits and other assets                                       (238)        71          -
  Purchase of short-term investments                                 -     (2,002)   (31,914)
  Proceeds from sale of short-term investments                       -     18,395     35,938
                                                            ----------   --------   --------

     Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities        (2,132)    13,004     (3,715)
                                                            ----------   --------   --------


Cash flows from financing activities:
  Issuance of short-term borrowings, net                        11,394     15,275      1,158
  Issuance of common stock                                      23,917      3,214     18,388
  Principal payments of long-term debt                               -        (43)    (1,388)
  Principal payments under capital leases                       (1,679)    (1,179)    (1,140)
                                                            ----------   --------   --------

     Net cash provided by
       financing activities                                     33,632     17,267     17,018
                                                            ----------   --------   --------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           (11,237)    (8,016)     7,346
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period                  15,997     24,013     16,667
                                                            ----------   --------   --------


Cash and cash equivalents, end of period                    $    4,760   $ 15,997   $ 24,013
                                                            ----------   --------   --------
                                                            ----------   --------   --------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

(1)  This period has been restated to reflect the 1994 Merger of Radius and
SuperMac which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.  See Note 10 of
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The consolidated financial
statements for fiscal 1993 have not been restated to adjust SuperMac's fiscal
year end to that of Radius.  This period includes Radius' results of operations
and balance sheet data on a September 30 fiscal year basis and SuperMac's on a
December 31 calendar year basis.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE ONE.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Radius
     Inc. ("Radius") and its wholly owned subsidiaries after elimination of
     significant intercompany transactions and balances.

     Radius and SuperMac Technologies, Inc. ("SuperMac") merged into the
     combined company (the "Company") effective August 31, 1994 (the
     "Merger"), which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.  The
     consolidated financial statements for fiscal 1993 have not been
     restated to adjust SuperMac's fiscal year end to that of Radius.  This
     period includes Radius' results of operations and balance sheet data
     on a September 30 fiscal year basis and SuperMac's on a December 31
     calendar year basis.

     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
     and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
     liabilities, revenues and expenses. Such estimates include the level
     of allowance for potentially uncollectible receivables and sales
     returns; inventory reserves for obsolete, slow-moving, or non-salable
     inventory; and estimated cost for installation, warranty and other
     customer support obligations. Actual results could differ from these
     estimates.

     MANAGEMENT'S BUSINESS RECOVERY PLANS

     As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the
     Company has incurred recurring operating losses, and has a deficiency
     in assets and working capital. In addition, as of September 30, 1995,
     the Company was not in compliance with all of its contractual
     obligations and financial covenants under its credit agreements. The
     Company also is delinquent in its accounts payables as payments to
     vendors are not being made in accordance with vendor terms.

     The Company's relatively limited cash resources have restricted the
     Company's ability to purchase inventory which in turn has limited its
     ability to manufacture and sell products and has resulted in
     additional costs for expedited deliveries. The adverse effect on the
     Company's results of operations due to its limited cash resources can
     be expected to continue until such time as the Company is able to
     return to profitability, or generate additional cash from other
     sources.

     These conditions raise concerns about the Company's ability to
     continue operations as an ongoing concern. Management has implemented,
     or has developed plans to implement, a number of actions to address
     these conditions including: refocusing its efforts on providing
     solutions for high end digital video and graphics customers;
     discontinuing sales of mass market and other low value added products;
     divesting its color server and monochrome display businesses and
     exploring opportunities for the divestiture of its MacOS compatible
     systems products and other product lines; significantly reducing
     expenses and headcount; subleasing all or a portion of its current
     facility given its reduced occupancy requirements; and investigating
     various strategic partnering opportunities.

     Additional funds will be needed to finance the Company's development
     plans and for other purposes, and the Company is now investigating
     possible financing opportunities. There can be no assurance that
     additional financing will be available when needed or, if available,
     that the terms of such financing will not adversely affect the
     Company's results of operations.



                                        F-7

<PAGE>


     FISCAL YEAR

     The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to September 30
     and includes 53 weeks in fiscal 1993 and 52 weeks in all other fiscal
     years presented.  During fiscal 1995, the Company changed its fiscal
     year end from the Sunday closest to September 30 to the Saturday
     closest to September 30 for operational efficiency purposes.  For
     clarity of presentation, all fiscal periods in this Form 10-K are
     reported as ending on a calendar month end.

     FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

     The Company translates the assets and liabilities of its foreign
     subsidiaries into dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the
     end of the period and translates revenues and expenses using rates in
     effect during the period.  Gains and losses from these translations
     are accumulated as a separate component of shareholders' equity.
     Foreign currency transaction gains or losses, which are included in
     the results of operations, are not material.

     INVENTORIES

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The Company
     reviews the levels of its inventory in light of current and forecasted
     demand to identify and provide reserve for obsolete, slow-moving, or
     non-salable inventory. Cost is determined using standard costs that
     approximate cost on a first-in, first-out basis.  Inventories consist
     of the following (in thousands):

          September 30                  1995          1994
                                   ----------     ---------
          Raw materials            $    1,559     $    4,515
          Work in process               2,258          6,852
          Finished goods               11,254          9,702
                                   ----------     ----------
                                   $   15,071     $   21,069
                                   ----------     ----------
                                   ----------     ----------

     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment is stated at cost and consists of the following
     (in thousands):

          September 30                    1995          1994
                                   -----------    -----------
          Computer equipment       $    17,429    $    18,007
          Machinery and equipment       12,335         14,184
          Furniture and fixtures         6,023          5,562
          Leasehold improvements         1,084          1,683
                                   -----------    -----------
                                        36,871         39,436
          Less accumulated depreciation
          and amortization             (33,840)       (31,708)
                                   -----------    -----------
                                   $     3,031    $     7,728
                                   -----------    -----------
                                   -----------    -----------


     Depreciation has been provided for using the straight-line method over
     estimated useful lives of three to five years.  Equipment under
     capital leases and leasehold improvements are being amortized on the
     straight-line method over six years or the remaining lease term,
     whichever is shorter.

     LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board released the
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 (SFAS 121),
     "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
     Assets to be Disposed of." SFAS 121 requires recognition of impairment
     of long-lived assets in the event the net book value of such assets
     exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such
     assets. SFAS 121 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
     December 15, 1995. Adoption of SFAS 121 is not expected to have a
     material impact on the Company's financial position or results of
     operations.



                                       F-8

<PAGE>


     REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue is recognized when products are shipped.  Sales to certain
     resellers are subject to agreements allowing certain rights of return
     and price protection on unsold merchandise held by these resellers.
     The Company provides for estimated returns at the time of shipment and
     for price protection following price declines.

     WARRANTY EXPENSE

     The Company provides at the time of sale for the estimated cost to
     repair or replace products under warranty.  The warranty period
     commences on the end user date of purchase and is normally one year
     for displays and digital video products and for the life of the
     product for graphics cards.

     INCOME TAXES

     Effective October 1, 1992, the Company adopted FASB Statement 109,
     "Accounting for Income Taxes."  Under Statement 109, the liability
     method is used in accounting for income taxes.  Under this method,
     deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
     differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
     liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that
     will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.  Prior
     to the adoption of Statement 109, income tax expense was determined
     using the liability method prescribed by Statement 96, which is
     superseded by Statement 109.  Among other changes, Statement 109
     changes the recognition and measurement criteria for deferred tax
     assets included in Statement 96.

     As permitted by Statement 109, the Company has elected not to restate
     the financial statements of any prior years.  The cumulative effect of
     the change in method of accounting for income taxes decreased the net
     loss by $600,000 or $0.05 per share in fiscal 1993 on a combined
     basis.

     LOSS PER SHARE

     Net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of
     common shares outstanding.

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity
     from date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents;
     investments with maturities between three and twelve months are
     considered to be short-term investments.  Cash equivalents are carried
     at cost which approximates market.  There were no short-term
     investments as of September 30, 1995 or 1994.  Approximately $1.6
     million of the $4.8 million of cash and cash equivalents available at
     September 30, 1995 was restricted under various letters of credit.

     OFF BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     The Company sells its products to direct computer resellers in the
     United States and to distributors in various foreign countries.  The
     Company performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers and
     generally does not require collateral.  The Company maintains reserves
     for potential credit losses.

     The Company also hedges substantially all of its trade accounts
     receivable denominated in foreign currency through the use of foreign
     currency forward exchange contracts based on firm third party
     commitments.  Gains and losses associated with currency rate changes
     on forward contracts are recognized in the consolidated statements of
     operations upon contract settlement and were not material.  At
     September 30, 1995, the Company had forward contracts to sell three
     different foreign currencies which totaled the equivalent of
     approximately $11.1 million and mature between October 1995 and
     November 1995.  At September 30, 1995, the fair value of the Company's
     forward contracts approximated cost.



                                       F-9
<PAGE>


     RELATED PARTIES

     In fiscal 1994, the Company acquired shares of preferred stock of
     Portrait Display Labs ("PDL") and a warrant to purchase additional
     shares of PDL preferred stock in exchange for the cancellation of
     certain rights held by the Company to purchase all of the outstanding
     equity securities or assets of the predecessor entity to PDL. The
     warrant permitted the purchase of approximately an additional 10%
     interest in PDL. The Company also was granted one seat on PDL's Board
     of Directors. In addition, the Company licensed PDL certain pivot
     display technology in exchange for the payment of royalties. Product
     revenues were approximately $5.0 million in fiscal 1994. In fiscal
     1995, the Company exercised the warrant for an additional 10% interest
     in PDL in exchange for cancellation of approximately $945,000 in
     accounts receivable.  There were no product revenues for the fiscal
     1995 to this related party.  The receivable from PDL at September 30,
     1995 was approximately $980,000.  Subsequent to September 30, 1995,
     the Company signed a series of additional agreements with Portrait
     Display Labs, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     There were no material transactions from this or any other related
     party during fiscal 1993.

NOTE TWO.  BORROWINGS

     LINE OF CREDIT ARRANGEMENT

     In February 1995, the Company and IBM Credit Corp. ("IBM Credit")
     entered into a $30.0 million Inventory and Working Capital Financing
     Agreement (the "IBM Credit Agreement"). The IBM Credit Agreement
     permits advances for inventory and working capital up to the lesser of
     $30.0 million or 85% of eligible receivables ("Inventory and Working
     Capital Advances"). In September 1995, IBM Credit advanced an
     additional $20.0 million under the IBM Credit Agreement to finance the
     manufacturing of the Company's MacOS compatible products (the "MacOS
     Advances").  The weighted average interest rate during 1995 was
     approximately 12.6%.  Advances bear interest at rates ranging from
     prime rate plus 2.25% to prime rate plus 4% and are secured by all the
     assets of the Company. The IBM Credit Agreement expires in March 1996.

     As of September 30, 1995, $50.8 million was outstanding under the IBM
     Credit Agreement consisting of $30.8 million in Inventory and Working
     Capital Advances and approximately $20.0 million in MacOS Advances.
     The outstanding Inventory and Working Capital Advances included $18.7
     million in working capital advances supported by eligible receivables,
     $6.1 million in working capital advances in excess of the borrowing
     base, and $6.1 million in inventory advances. The $24.7 million in
     working capital advances are included in Short-term borrowings in the
     Consolidated Financial Statements. The $6.1 million in inventory
     advances, together with the approximately $20.0 million in MacOS
     Advances, are included in Accounts payable in the Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

     As of September 30, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with all
     of its contractual obligations and financial covenants under the IBM
     Credit Agreement (specifically, revenues to working capital ratio, net
     profit to revenue, and total liabilities to total net worth); however,
     IBM Credit has waived such defaults pursuant to an amendment to the
     IBM Credit Agreement. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial
     Statements.

     In addition, the Company entered into a Business Loan Agreement on
     March 20, 1995 with Silicon Valley Bank. The agreement, which expires
     on March 19, 1996, allows the Company to issue letters of credit as a
     sub-facility under a $5.0 million foreign accounts receivable
     revolving line of credit subject to an interest rate of up to the
     prime rate plus 1.25%.  The weighted average interest rate during 1995
     was approximately 13.0%.  The related debt outstanding as of September
     30, 1995 was $1.7  million and outstanding letters of credit were $0.8
     million.  The Company was not in compliance with all the terms of this
     credit arrangement.

     One of the Company's subsidiaries has a revolving line of credit with
     a bank in Japan.  Borrowings were approximately $3.1 million at
     September 30, 1995.  This note bears interest at the lesser of the
     Euro-yen rate or the bank's prime lending rate (1.5 percent at
     September 30, 1995, the prime rate).  The weighted average interest
     rate during 1995 was approximately 4.9%  The line of credit is renewed
     every six months with the next renewal in December 1995.



                                      F-10
<PAGE>


NOTE THREE.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     LEASES

     The Company leases facilities under operating leases and certain
     computer equipment and office furniture under capital leases.
     Depreciation expense for assets under capital leases is included in
     depreciation and amortization expense.  The cost and net book value of
     these capitalized lease assets included in property and equipment are
     (in thousands):

     At September 30,                Cost         Net Book Value
                                   ---------      --------------
     1995                          $ 7,437           $ 2,642
     1994                            7,437             4,021

     Future minimum lease payments at September 30, 1995, under capital
     leases and noncancelable operating leases are as follows (in
     thousands):

                                      Capital               Operating
                                      Leases                   Leases
                                     -------                 --------
     1996                            $ 1,686                 $  1,837
     1997                              1,155                    1,887
     1998                                280                    1,843
     1999                                  -                    1,750
     2000                                  -                    1,759
                                     -------                 --------
     Total minimum lease payments      3,121                 $  9,076
     Amount representing interest       (296)
                                     -------
     Present value of minimum lease
      payments                         2,825
     Amount due within one year       (1,494)
                                     -------
     Amount due after one year        $1,331
                                     -------
                                     -------

     Rent expense charged to operations amounted to approximately $3.5
     million, $3.0 million and $3.8 million for the years ended September
     30, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The rent expense amounts for
     fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993 exclude a provision for remaining lease
     obligations on excess facilities.  See Note 8 of Notes to the
     Consolidated Financial Statements.

     Sublease income for fiscal 1995 and 1994 was approximately $0.6
     million and $0.1 million.  There was no sublease income for fiscal
     1993.

     CONTINGENCIES

     DISPLAY SCREEN SIZE
     The Company was named as one of approximately 42 defendants in Shapiro
     et al. v. ADI Systems, Inc. et al., Superior Court of California,
     Santa Clara County, case no. CV751685, filed August 14, 1995.  Radius
     was named as one of approximately 32 defendants in Maizes & Maizes et
     al. v. Apple Computer et al., Superior Court of New Jersey, Essex
     County, case no. L-13780-95, filed December 15, 1995.  Plaintiffs in
     each case purport to represent alleged classes of similarly situated
     persons and/or the general public, and allege that the defendants
     falsely advertise that the viewing areas of their computer monitors
     are larger than in fact they are.

     The Company was served with the Shapiro complaint on August 22, 1995,
     and has not yet been served with the Maizes complaint.  Defendants'
     petition to the California State Judicial Council to coordinate the
     Shapiro case with similar cases brought in other California
     jurisdictions was granted in part and it is anticipated that the
     coordinated proceedings will be held in Superior Court of California,
     San Francisco County.  Discovery proceedings have not yet begun in
     either case.  In the opinion of management, based on the facts known
     at this


                                      F-11
<PAGE>


     time, the eventual outcome of these cases is unlikely to have a material
     adverse effect on the results of operations or financial position of the
     Company.

     ELECTRONICS FOR IMAGING
     On November 16, 1995, Electronics for Imaging, Inc. ("EFI") filed a
     suit in the United States District Court in the Northern District of
     California alleging that the Company infringes a patent allegedly
     owned by EFI.  Although the complaint does not specify which Radius
     products allegedly infringe the patent, EFI is a prime competitor of
     Radius in the Color Server market.  Radius' Color Server products are
     material to its business.

     The Company has filed an answer denying all material allegations, and
     has filed counterclaims against EFI alleging causes of action for
     interference with prospective economic benefit, antitrust violations,
     and unfair business practices.  The Company believes it has
     meritorious defenses to EFI's claims and is defending them vigorously.
     In addition, the Company believes it may have indemnification rights
     with respect to EFI's claims.  In the opinion of management, based on
     the facts known at this time, the eventual outcome of this case is
     unlikely to have a material adverse effect on the results of
     operations or financial position of the Company.

     SECURITIES LITIGATION.
     In September 1992, the Company and certain of its officers and
     directors were named as defendants in a securities class action
     litigation brought  in the United States District Court for the
     Northern District of California that sought unspecified damages,
     prejudgment and postjudgment interest, attorneys' fees, expert witness
     fees and costs, and equitable relief.  In July 1994, SuperMac and
     certain of its officers and directors, several venture capital firms
     and several of the underwriters of SuperMac's May 1992 initial public
     offering and its February 1993 secondary offering were named as
     defendants in a class action litigation brought in the same court that
     sought unspecified damages, prejudgment and postjudgment interest,
     attorneys' fees, experts' fees and costs, and equitable relief
     (including the imposition of a constructive trust on the proceeds of
     defendants' trading activities).

     In June 1995, the Court approved the settlement of both litigations
     and entered a Final Judgment and Order of Dismissal.  Under the
     settlement of the litigation brought in 1992 against the Company, our
     insurance carrier paid $3.7 million in cash and the Company will issue
     128,695 shares of its Common Stock to a class action settlement fund.
     In the settlement of the litigation brought in 1994 against SuperMac,
     the Company paid $250,000 in cash and will issue into a class action
     settlement fund 707,609 shares of its Common Stock.  The number of
     shares to be issued by the Company will increase by up to 100,000 if
     the price of the Common Stock is below $12 per share during the 60-day
     period following the initial issuance of shares.  In connection with
     these settlements, the Company recorded a charge of $12.4 million in
     the Consolidated Financial Statements reflecting settlement costs not
     covered by insurance as well as related legal fees.

     The Company has periodically received communications from third
     parties asserting infringement of patent rights on certain of the
     Company's products and features.  Management does not believe any
     claims made will have a material adverse effect on the results of
     operations or financial position of the Company.

     NOTE FOUR.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

     COMMON STOCK

     In June 1995, the Company sold approximately 2.5 million shares of its
     Common Stock in a series of private placements to a small number of
     investors unaffiliated with the Company.  Proceeds from the offering,
     net of commission and other related expenses were $21.4 million.  The
     net proceeds were used for working capital.

     STOCK OPTIONS

     The Company's 1986 Stock Option Plan, as amended, authorizes the
     issuance of up to 2,975,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise
     of incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options that may  be
     granted to officers, employees (including directors who are also
     employees), consultants and independent contractors.  Under the plan,
     options are exercisable for a term of up to ten years after issuance.
     Options may be granted at prices ranging from 50% to 100% of the fair
     market value of the stock on the date of grant, as determined by the


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

     Board of Directors.  Vesting of shares is also determined by the Board of
     Directors at the date of grant.  The 1986 Stock Option Plan will expire 
     in October 1996.

     On August 31, 1994, pursuant to the Merger, Radius assumed 975,239
     outstanding options originally issued under the SuperMac 1988 Stock
     Option Plan.  These options will be administered in accordance with
     the SuperMac 1988 Stock Option Plan until all options are exercised or
     expired.  Under the plan, options are exercisable for a term of up to
     ten years after issuance.

     The following table summarizes the consolidated activity of the 1986
     and 1988 Stock Option Plans and the 1992 Non-Employee Directors' Stock
     Option Plan:
                                                      September 30,
                                           ---------------------------------
                                              1995         1994           1993


     Outstanding at beginning of year    2,042,481    2,208,783      2,157,040

     Granted                               707,590      892,131      1,219,514

     Exercised                            (213,791)    (294,042)      (516,597)

     Canceled                             (838,745)    (764,391)      (651,174)
                                        -----------  -----------   ------------

     Outstanding at September 30         1,697,535    2,042,481      2,208,783
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------

     Price range at September 30      $1.36-$28.96 $0.42-$32.18   $0.42-$30.14
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------

     Price range of options
      exercised                       $0.42-$13.13 $0.42-$13.13   $0.42-$22.35
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------

     Exercisable at September 30         1,325,222      706,474        455,241
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------

     Available for grant at
      September 30                         415,586      281,726        331,314
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------
                                      ------------ ------------   ------------


The stock option activity as shown in the table for fiscal 1993 has not been
restated to adjust SuperMac's fiscal year end to that of Radius.  Fiscal 1993
includes Radius' activity on a September 30 fiscal year basis and SuperMac's
activity on a December 31 calendar year basis.  The fiscal 1994 period includes
the Radius activity for fiscal year ended September 30, 1994 and SuperMac
activity for the nine months ended September 30, 1994.

The Company has also reserved 100,000 shares of common stock for issuance to
non-employee directors pursuant to options granted under the 1994 Directors'
Stock Option Plan (the "1994 Plan").  Such options may only be nonqualified
stock options, must be exercised within ten years from the date of grant, and
must be granted in accordance with a non-discretionary formula.  Under this
formula, each new director receives an option to purchase 10,000 shares when
that director is first appointed to the Board and an option to purchase 2,500
shares on each anniversary of such director's appointment.  As of September 30,
1995, 27,500 shares had been granted under this plan at exercise prices ranging
from $7.44 to $12.00 per share.  Options to purchase 1,250 shares were canceled
following the resignation of a director.  None of the options granted under the
1994 Plan are exercisable.

Prior to the approval of the 1994 Plan, the 1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan
(the "Prior Plan") was in effect.  As of September 30, 1995, the Prior Plan had
33,750 options outstanding at prices ranging from $8.00 to $17.25.  Such options
are nonqualified stock options, must be exercised within five years from the
date of grant, and were granted in accordance with a non-discretionary formula.
Options unissued under the Prior Plan become available for grant under the 1994
Plan.  As of September 30, 1995, options to purchase 37,500 shares became
available upon the resignation of three directors.  In addition, 28,750 options
to purchase shares, which were never granted under the Prior Plan were
transferred to the 1994 Plan.

In March 1993, the Company granted a nonqualified stock option to one officer to
purchase a total of 250,000 shares of common stock outside the Company's 1986
Stock Option Plan at an exercise price of $7.75 per share.  This option is
exercisable for a term of ten years and vests over a fifty month period
commencing on the date of grant.  During fiscal 1994, 150 of these shares were
exercised by the officer, and as of September 30, 1995 an additional 149,850
shares were exercisable.


                                      F-13

<PAGE>

In June 1995, the Company repriced approximately 232,000 of then outstanding
options to an exercise price of $12.00 per share, the fair market value of the
Company's stock on the date of the repricing.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The Company has an employee stock purchase plan under which substantially all
employees may purchase common stock through payroll deductions at a price equal
to 85% of its fair market value as of certain specified dates.  Stock purchases
under this plan are limited to 10% of an employee's compensation, and in no
event may exceed $21,250 per year.  Under this plan a total of 650,000 shares of
common stock have been reserved for issuance to employees.  At September 30,
1995, 255,859 shares remain available for issuance under the plan.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS

The Company account for its stock option plans and the Employee Stock Purchase
Plan in accordance with provisions of the accounting Principles Board's Opinion
No. 25 (APB 25),  "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees."  In 1995, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board released the Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard No. 123 (SFAS 123),  "Accounting for Stock Based
Compensation."  SFAS 123 provides an alternative to APB 25 and is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995.  The Company expects to continue
to account for its employee stock plans in accordance with the provision of APB
25.  Accordingly, SFAS 123 is not expected to have any material impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>

NOTE FIVE, FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAXES

     The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          For years ended September 30
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                       1995           1994           1993
                                    --------     ----------       ---------
                                               (in thousands)
     <S>                            <C>          <C>             <C>
     Federal:
         Current                     $      -      $ (12,583)     $  (3,974)
         Deferred                       7,170         12,311         (7,505)
                                     --------     ----------      ---------
                                        7,170           (272)       (11,479)
     Foreign:

         Current                          650            376            297
                                     --------     ----------      ---------
     State:

         Current                           20         (3,641)           844
     Deferred                           1,230         (1,063)        (3,436)
                                     --------     ----------      ---------
                                        1,250         (4,704)        (2,592)
                                     --------     ----------      ---------
                                     $  9,070      $  (4,600)      $(13,774)
                                     --------     ----------      ---------
                                     --------     ----------      ---------

</TABLE>

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  Significant components
of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                For years ended September 30
                                                               -----------------------------
                                                                      1995           1994
                                                                      ----           ----
                                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryovers                               $   27,077      $   5,100
     Reserves and accruals not currently tax deductible              22,342         10,055
     Restructuring reserves                                          22,314              -
     Credit carryovers                                                6,280          3,100
     Inventory valuation differences                                  4,188         12,612
     Depreciation                                                     4,079          4,202
     Capitalized research & development expenditures                  3,202          2,193
     Other                                                                -            374
                                                                 ----------     ----------
     Total deferred tax assets                                       89,482         37,636
                                                                 ----------     ----------
     Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets                    (85,086)       (26,724)
                                                                 ----------     ----------
     Deferred tax assets                                         $    4,396      $  10,912
                                                                 ----------     ----------
                                                                 ----------     ----------

Deferred tax liabilities:

     State income tax                                            $    3,849      $   2,512
     Other                                                              547              -
                                                                 ----------     ----------
     Total deferred tax liabilities                                   4,396          2,512
                                                                 ----------     ----------
     Net deferred tax assets                                     $        -      $   8,400
                                                                 ----------     ----------
                                                                 ----------     ----------
</TABLE>



                                      F-15

<PAGE>

FASB Statement 109 provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if
realization of such assets is more likely than not. The Company's valuation
allowance reduced the deferred tax asset to the amount realizable. The Company
has provided a full valuation  allowance against its net deferred tax assets due
to uncertainties surrounding their realization. Due to the net losses reported
in the prior three years and as a result of the material changes in operations
reported in its 1995 fiscal fourth quarter, predictability of earnings in future
periods is uncertain. The Company will evaluate the realizability of the
deferred tax asset on a quarterly basis.

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the
statutory federal income tax rate to income before taxes.  The sources and tax
effects of the differences are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    For years ended September 30
                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                1995           1994           1993
                                                           ----------     ----------      ----------
                                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>            <C>
Expected tax at statutory rate                              $  (42,935)     $ (28,726)     $ (12,080)
Change in valuation allowance                                   49,820         26,724              -
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit                     1,250         (3,105)        (1,707)
Non-deductible merger costs                                          -          1,054              -
Non-deductible charge for purchased
    research and development                                         -            763              -
Research and development tax credits                              (497)          (458)          (734)
Other                                                            1,432           (852)           747
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                            $    9,070      $  (4,600)     $ (13,774)
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
</TABLE>

As of September 30, 1995, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for
federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $71.0 million and $27.9
million, respectively.  The state loss carryforwards will expire as follows;
$8.0 million in 1998, $5.0 million in 1999; and $14.9 million in 2000, if not
utilized, and the federal loss carryforwards will expire primarily in 2009 and
2010, if not utilized.  In addition, the Company had tax credit carryforwards of
approximately $6.3 million which will expire in 2005, if not utilized.

Utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to
substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided
by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions.  The annual
limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses before
utilization.


                                      F-16
<PAGE>

NOTE SIX.  STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    For years ended September 30
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                               1995          1994              1993
                                                            ----------     ----------      ----------
                                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>             <C>
     Supplemental disclosure of cash
       flow information (in thousands):
     Cash paid (received) during the year for:

     Interest                                               $    1,620     $      812     $      927
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
     Income taxes                                            $  (8,370)     $  (8,295)    $    2,661
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
     Supplemental schedule of noncash
       investing and financing activities
       (in thousands):
     Retirement of fully and partially
       depreciated assets                                   $    4,459     $    6,025     $    1,544
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------

     Tax benefit from stock options
       exercised                                            $        -     $      425     $    3,358
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------

     Equipment acquired pursuant to
       capital leases                                       $        -     $    2,000     $    4,138
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------

     Common stock issued pursuant to
     VideoFusion agreement                                  $    2,857     $        -     $        -
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
</TABLE>

NOTE SEVEN.  EXPORT SALES AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company currently operates in one principal industry segment:  the design,
manufacturing and marketing of color publishing and digital video computer
products.  The Company's export sales were approximately $124.5 million, $112.0
million and $108.1 million in the fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, 1994
and 1993, respectively, and included export sales to Europe of approximately
$57.3 million, $60.6 million, and $59.5 million, respectively.  Export sales to
Japan were approximately $57.2 million, $35.7 million and $33.0 million for
fiscal years ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

One customer accounted for approximately 34.0%, 13.5% and 11.5% of the Company's
net sales during the years ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.

NOTE EIGHT.  RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES

RADIUS JUNE 1993 RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
In June 1993, Radius announced a restructuring program designed to reduce costs
and improve operating efficiencies.  The program included, among other things,
the write-down of inventory following Radius' decision to phase out its older
generation of products, lease termination expenses, capital equipment write-
offs, severance payments, and costs associated with the discontinuation of
Radius' minicomputer-class server product.  The restructuring program costs of
$15.5 million were recorded during the third quarter of fiscal 1993. These
charges (in thousands) are included in:  cost of sales ($10,993); research and
development ($411); and selling, general and administrative expenses ($4,096).
The Company completed this restructuring event by the end of calendar 1994.
There were no material changes in the restructuring plan or in the estimates of
the restructuring costs from the recognition of the charge in June 1993 with the
completion of the restructuring program in December 1994.


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

SUPERMAC DECEMBER 1993 RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
In December 1993, SuperMac recorded charges of $16.6 million in connection with
a program to adjust inventory levels, eliminate excess facilities, terminate
certain projects and contract arrangements and reduce the number of employees.
The charges (in thousands) are included in:  cost of sales ($13,352); research
and development ($2,000); and selling, general and administrative expenses
($1,238).  There have been no material changes in the restructuring plan or in
the estimates of the restructuring costs.  The Company has $236,000 remaining in
its restructuring reserve related to facility costs, the balance of which is
expected to be eliminated in fiscal 1996.  As noted in the Consolidated
Financial Statements, the consolidated results for the Company in both the
twelve months ended September 30, 1994 and the fiscal period ended 1993 include
SuperMac's $16.6 million charge.

RADIUS FISCAL 1994 MERGER RELATED RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1994, the Company recorded charges of $43.4
million in connection with the Merger of Radius and SuperMac.  These charges
include the discontinuance of duplicative product lines and related assets;
elimination of duplicative facilities, property and equipment and other assets;
and personnel severance costs as well as transaction fees and costs incidental
to the merger.  The charges (in thousands) are included in:  net sales ($3,095);
cost of sales ($25,270); research and development ($4,331); and selling, general
and administrative expenses ($10,711).  The elements of the total charge as of
September 30, 1995 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      Representing
                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                                    Cash Outlays
                                                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                           Asset
                                                       Provision      Write-Downs      Completed       Future
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
Adjust inventory levels                                $   22,296      $  19,200      $   3,096       $      -
Excess facilities                                           2,790            400          2,236            154
Revision of the operations business model                   9,061          7,078          1,268            715
Employee severance                                          6,311              -          6,311              -
Merger related costs                                        2,949              -          2,949              -
                                                       ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
Total charges                                          $   43,407      $  26,678      $  15,860       $    869
</TABLE>


The adjustment of inventory levels reflects the discontinuance of duplicative
product lines.  The provision for excess facility costs represents the write-off
of leaseholds and sublease costs of Radius' previous headquarters, the
consolidation into one main headquarter and the consolidation of sales offices.
The revision of the operations business model reflects the reorganization of the
combined Company's manufacturing operations to mirror Radius' manufacturing
reorganization in 1993.  This reorganization was designed to outsource a number
of functions that previously were performed internally, reduce product costs
through increased efficiencies and lower overhead, and focus the Company on a
limited number of products.  Employee severance costs are related to employees
or temporary employees who were released due to the revised business model.
Approximately 250 employees were terminated in connection with the Merger.  The
provision for merger related costs is for the costs associated with the Merger
transaction, such as legal, investment banking and accounting fees.   The
Company has spent $15.9 million of cash for restructuring through September 30,
1995.  The Company expects to have substantially completed the restructuring by
September 1996.  During fiscal 1995, approximately $2.1 million of merger
related restructuring reserves were reversed and recorded as an expense
reduction due to changes in estimated requirements.

RADIUS FISCAL 1995 RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
In September 1995, Radius recorded charges of $57.9 million in connection with
the Company's efforts to refocus its business on the color publishing and
multimedia markets.  The charges primarily included a writedown of inventory and
other assets.  Additionally, it included expenses related to the cancellation of
open purchase orders, excess facilities and severance.  The charges (in
thousands) are included in cost of sales ($47,004), and selling, general and
administrative expense ($10,861).  The elements of the total charge as of
September 30, 1995 are as follows (in thousands):


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      Representing
                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                                    Cash Outlays
                                                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                           Asset
                                                       Provision      Write-Downs      Completed       Future
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
Adjust inventory levels                                 $  33,138     $   32,300      $       -       $    838
Excess facilities                                           2,004            404              -          1,600
Cancellation fees and asset write-offs                     19,061          5,196              -         13,865
Employee severance                                          3,662              -              -          3,662
                                                       ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
Total charges                                           $  57,865     $   37,900      $       -       $ 19,965
</TABLE>

The adjustment of inventory levels reflects the discontinuance of several
product lines.  Revenues and gross profit (loss) for significant product lines
discontinued were as follows:  MacOS-compatible systems were $21.8 million and
$(19.2) million, respectively; and low-margin displays $82.9 million and $19.6
million, respectively.  The provision for excess facility costs represent the
write-off of leasehold improvements and the costs associated with anticipated
reductions in facilities. The cancellation fees and asset write-offs reflect the
Company's decision to refocus its efforts on providing solutions for the color
publishing and multimedia markets.  Employee severance costs are related to
employees or temporary employees who have been or will be released due to the
revised business model. As of December 15, 1995, approximately 157 positions of
the 240 total planned had been eliminated in connection with the new business
model.  The Company had not spent any cash for this restructuring as of
September 30, 1995.  As of September 30, 1995, the Company had cash and cash
equivalents of $4.8 million.  See "Management's Business Recovery Plans" at Note
1 due to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company expects to have
substantially completed the restructuring by September 1996.

NOTE NINE.  VIDEOFUSION ACQUISITION

The Company acquired VideoFusion, Inc. ("VideoFusion") on September 9, 1994.
VideoFusion is a developer of advanced digital video special effects software
for Apple Macintosh and compatible computers.  The Company acquired VideoFusion
in exchange for approximately 890,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock,
205,900 shares of which were issued at the closing of the acquisition. The
balance of the shares were to be issued in installments over a period of time
contingent on the achievement of certain performance milestones and other
factors.  In addition, the Company was required to pay up to $1.0 million in
cash based upon net revenues derived from future sales of products incorporating
VideoFusion's technology.  The purchase price for VideoFusion, including closing
costs and the issuance of shares of Common Stock valued at $500,000 in
connection with the achievement of the first milestone was approximately $2.4
million. This amount was allocated to the assets and liabilities of VideoFusion
and resulted in identifiable intangibles of approximately $440,000 and an in-
process research and development expense of approximately $2.2 million.  The
intangible asset was to be amortized over two years.  The Company recognized the
charge of approximately $2.7 million for in-process research and development and
other costs associated with the acquisition of VideoFusion during the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1994.

In May 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with the former holders of
VideoFusion stock to settle the contingent stock and earnout payments that were
originally contemplated. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company issued
approximately 212,000 shares, and paid approximately $200,000, to the former
holders of VideoFusion stock. These transactions resulted in additional
compensation expense of approximately $3.0 million which was recorded in fiscal
1995.

NOTE TEN.  MERGER WITH SUPERMAC TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

On August 31, 1994, Radius merged with SuperMac in exchange for 6,632,561 shares
of Radius' common stock.  SuperMac was a designer, manufacturer, and marketer of
products that enhanced the power and graphics performance of personal computers.
The  Merger was accounted for as a pooling of interests, and, accordingly, the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements have been restated to include the results of SuperMac for all periods
presented.


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

Separate results of operations for the periods prior to the Merger are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Merger-
                                                                                  Related
                                                      Radius       SuperMac       Expenses        Adjustment  Combined
                                                   ---------      ---------      ----------      -----------------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
Year ended September 30, 1994
     Net revenues                                  $ 162,922      $ 164,978      $  (3,095)      $      -      $ 324,805
     Net loss                                        (18,293)       (15,775)       (43,407)             -        (77,475)
Year ended September 30, 1993
     (SuperMac as of December 1993)
     Net revenues                                    134,872        202,501              -              -        337,373
     Net loss                                        (17,415)        (2,724)             -              -        (20,139)
</TABLE>

The merger related expenses reflect the recording of the merger related
restructuring and other charges.

Prior to the Merger, SuperMac's fiscal year end was December 31.  SuperMac's
separate results for fiscal 1994 have been restated to conform with the twelve
months ended September 30.  The Consolidated Financial Statements for all
periods prior to fiscal 1994 have not been restated to adjust SuperMac's fiscal
year end to that of Radius.  Such periods include Radius' results of operations
and balance sheet data on a September 30 fiscal year basis and SuperMac's on a
December 31 calendar year basis.  Therefore, the results for both the fiscal
year ended September 30, 1994 and the results for the fiscal year ended 1993
include the results for SuperMac's three months ended December 31, 1993.
Unaudited revenues, cost and expenses, and net loss of SuperMac for the three
months ended December 31, 1993 were, $48.5 million, $64.7 million and $9.9
million, respectively.

The Company incurred substantial costs in connection with the Merger and
consolidation of operations.  Included in the accompanying consolidated
statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 1994 are merger related
expenses totaling $43.4 million consisting primarily of charges for the
discontinuance of duplicative product lines and related assets, elimination of
duplicative facilities, property and equipment and other assets, and personnel
severance costs as well as transaction fees and costs incident to the Merger.
See Note 8 of Notes to the  Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE ELEVEN.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

PORTRAIT DISPLAY LABS
On December 19, 1995, the Company signed a series of agreements with Portrait
Display Labs, Inc. ("PDL"). The agreements assigned the Company's pivoting
technology to PDL and canceled PDL's on-going royalty obligation to the Company
under an existing license agreement in exchange for a one-time cash payment. PDL
also granted the Company a limited license back to the pivoting technology.
Under these agreements, PDL settled its outstanding receivable to the Company by
paying the Company $500,000 in cash and issuing to the Company 214,286 shares of
PDL's Common Stock. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

DISPLAY TECHNOLOGIES ELECTROHOME INC.
On December 21, 1995, the Company signed a Business Purchase Agreement and an
Asset Purchase and License Agreement with Display Technologies Electrohome Inc.
("DTE").  Pursuant to the agreements and subject to certain closing conditions,
DTE will purchase Radius' monochrome display monitor business and certain assets
related thereto, for approximately $200,000 in cash and cancellation of $2.5
million of the Company's indebtedness to DTE. In addition, DTE and Radius will
cancel outstanding contracts relating to DTE's manufacture and sale of
monochrome display monitors to Radius.


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

COLOR SERVER GROUP
On December 23,  1995, the Company signed a definitive agreement pursuant to
which the Company will sell its Color Server business to Splash Merger Company,
Inc. (the "Buyer"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Splash Technology Holdings,
Inc. (the "Parent"), a corporation formed by various investment entities
associated with Summit Partners. The Company will receive approximately
$21,945,175 in cash (subject to certain post-closing adjustments) and 4,282
shares of the Parent's 6% Series B Redeemable and Convertible Preferred Stock
(the "Series B Preferred Stock"). The shares of Series B Preferred Stock will
be convertible by the Company at any time into 19.9% of the Parent's common
stock outstanding as of the closing of the transaction. The shares of Series B
Preferred Stock also will be redeemable by the Parent at any time, and will be
subject to mandatory redemption beginning on the sixth anniversary of issuance,
in each case at a redemption price of $1,000 per share plus accrued dividends.
The transaction is expected to close in January 1996. Under the Inventory and
Working Capital Agreement, as recently amended, with IBM Credit Corp., the
Company is required to pay all of the net proceeds of the Color Server business
transaction to IBM Credit Corp. in order to reduce the Company's outstanding
indebtedness under that agreement.

IBM CREDIT CORP.
On December 14, 1995, the Company and IBM Credit Corp. ("IBM Credit") amended
the Inventory and Working Capital Financing Agreement (the "IBM Credit
Agreement") entered into by the Company and IBM Credit on February 17, 1995 and
subsequently revised in September 1995 to fund the manufacturing of the
Company's MacOS compatible systems products. See Note 2 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements. Under the amendment, IBM Credit waived the Company's
failure to comply with all of its contractual obligations and financial
covenants under the IBM Credit Agreement. The IBM Credit Amendment, among other
things, also provides that until March 31, 1996 IBM Credit will extend advances
to the Company in an amount up to 90% of the Company's collections and fund the
Company's payroll in the event that collections are insufficient to permit the
advances needed for this purpose. Such advances and payroll funding, however,
may be suspended by IBM Credit  (i) immediately following a default of the IBM
Credit Amendment, and (ii) following thirty (30) days notice in the event of any
default of the IBM Credit Agreement. The IBM Credit Amendment also requires the
Company to pay all of the net proceeds of the Color Server Group transaction to
IBM Credit to reduce the Company's outstanding indebtedness under the IBM Credit
Agreement.

1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN
On December 20, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the 1995 Stock
Option Plan to replace the 1986 Stock Option Plan that expires in 1996, and
reserved 850,000 shares (plus all unissued and unexercised shares available
under the existing 1986 Stock Option Plan) for issuance thereunder. The 1995
Stock Option Plan is subject to shareholder approval. See Note 4 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                      F-21

<PAGE>

SCHEDULE II --- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Balance at   Charged to     Charged                   Balance
                                                     beginning     costs and    to other                  at end of
           Description                               of period     expenses     accounts   Deductions(1)    period
           -----------                               ---------    ----------    --------   -------------  ---------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS:

     Year ended September 30, 1993 (2)               $  1,825      $  1,272     $    0      $    975       $  2,122

     Year ended September 30, 1994                   $  2,018 (2)  $  1,283     $    0      $    753       $  2,548

     Year ended September 30, 1995                   $  2,548      $  6,837     $    0      $    883       $  8,502
</TABLE>

_____________________________

(1)  Uncollectable accounts written off.

(2)  The Consolidated Financial Statements for fiscal 1993 have not been
     restated for the change in fiscal year.  This period includes Radius'
     results of operations and balance sheet data on a September 30 fiscal year
     basis and SuperMac's on a December 31 calendar year basis.

                                      F-22

<PAGE>

                                   RADIUS INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                 (in thousands)



                                                                 JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                  (unaudited)
                                                                 -------------
ASSETS:
Current assets:
     Cash                                                         $    3,264
     Accounts receivable, net                                         22,234
     Inventories                                                      15,825
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                           424
     Income tax receivable                                               514
                                                                  ----------
          Total current assets                                        42,261
Property and equipment, net                                            1,475
Deposits and other assets                                                142
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  $   43,878
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  ----------

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Net capital deficiency)
Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable                                             $   37,952
     Accrued payroll and related expenses                              2,196
     Accrued warranty costs                                              687
     Other accrued liabilities                                         8,866
     Accrued income taxes                                              2,056
     Accrued restructuring and other charges                          15,474
     Short-term borrowings                                            22,920
     Obligations under capital leases - current portion                1,293
                                                                  ----------
          Total current liabilities                                   91,444

Obligations under capital leases - noncurrent portion                    321

Shareholders' equity: (Net capital deficiency)
     Common stock                                                    126,243
     Common stock to be issued                                             -
     Accumulated deficit                                            (174,144)
     Accumulated translation adjustment                                   14
                                                                  ----------
          Total shareholders' equity (Net capital deficiency)        (47,887)
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  $   43,878
                                                                  ----------
                                                                  ----------

                             See accompanying notes.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>


                                   RADIUS INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                (in thousands, except per share data; unaudited)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       JUNE 30,                           JUNE 30,
                                             -------------------------          ------------------------------
                                                  1996           1995                1996                 1995
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>                 <C>                 <C>
  Net sales                                  $   20,034     $   87,325          $   83,261          $  251,007
  Cost of sales                                  13,470         65,211              67,175             184,882
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
           Gross profit                           6,564         22,114              16,086              66,125
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
  Operating expenses:
    Research and development                      1,092          4,990               6,241              13,780
    Selling, general and administrative           4,518         18,442              21,430              48,725
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
           Total operating expenses               5,610         23,432              27,671              62,505
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------

  Income (loss) from operations                     954         (1,318)            (11,585)              3,620

  Other income (expense), net                     3,975         (1,531)             21,090              (4,605)
  Settlement of litigation                           --             --                  --             (12,422)
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
  Income (loss) before income taxes               4,929         (2,849)              9,505             (13,407)

  Provision for income taxes                        216            263                 656                 450
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------

  Net income (loss)                           $   4,713     $   (3,112)         $    8,849          $  (13,857)
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------

  Income (loss) per share:

  Net income (loss) per share                 $    0.26     $    (0.21)         $     0.49          $    (0.96)
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------

  Common and common equivalent shares used
    in computing net income (loss) per share     18,412         14,791              17,950              14,386
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
                                              ---------     ----------          ----------          ----------
</TABLE>


                             See accompanying notes.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                                   RADIUS INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                            (in thousands, unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                                                ------------------------
                                                                                  1996           1995
                                                                                ---------      ---------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)                                                             $   8,849      $ (13,857)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
    (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                                                   1,470          2,988
    Gain on the sale of the Color Hard Copy Group                                 (20,638)             -
    Common stock to be issued                                                           -         12,022
    Loss on the disposal of fixed assets                                              301              -
    (Increase) decrease in assets:
      Accounts receivable                                                          39,202        (16,751)
      Allowance for doubtful accounts                                              (2,900)        (1,610)
      Inventories                                                                  (2,162)       (17,292)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                     1,912            545
      Income tax receivable                                                             5          8,390
    Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
      Accounts payable                                                            (31,584)        17,064
      Accrued payroll and related expenses                                         (3,489)          (297)
      Accrued warranty costs                                                       (2,373)           623
      Other accrued liabilities                                                    (1,914)           308
      Accrued restructuring costs                                                  (1,539)       (13,477)
      Accrued income taxes                                                            391             75
                                                                                ---------     ----------
        Net cash used in operating activities                                     (14,469)       (21,269)

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures                                                               (215)        (2,848)
  Goodwill                                                                              -         (2,692)
  Deposits and other assets                                                           375         (1,233)
  Net proceeds from the sale of the Color Hard Copy Group                          20,163              -
                                                                                ---------     ----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                        20,323         (6,773)

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Principal payments of short-term borrowings, net                                 (6,569)         3,414
  Principal payments of long-term debt and capital leases                          (1,211)        (1,301)
  Issuance of common stock                                                            430         26,200
                                                                                ---------     ----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                        (7,350)        28,313
                                                                                ---------     ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                               (1,496)           271
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period                                      4,760         15,997
                                                                                ---------     ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period                                        $   3,264     $   16,268
                                                                                ---------     ----------
                                                                                ---------     ----------

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 Cash paid during the period for:
   Interest paid                                                                $   2,804     $    2,009
                                                                                ---------     ----------
                                                                                ---------     ----------
   Income taxes paid                                                            $     260     $        -
                                                                                ---------     ----------
                                                                                ---------     ----------

</TABLE>



                             See accompanying notes.


                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                                   RADIUS INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements of Radius Inc. ("Radius") as of June 30,
1996 and for the three and nine months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 are
unaudited.  In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements
reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) necessary
for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for
the interim periods presented.  These consolidated financial statements should
be read in conjunction with the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere herein.

During the first quarter of its 1995 fiscal year, the Company changed its fiscal
year end from the Sunday closest to September 30 to the Friday closest to
September 30.  During the second quarter of its 1995 fiscal year, the Company
changed its fiscal year end to the Saturday closest to September 30 for
operational efficiency purposes.  For clarity of presentation, all fiscal
periods are reported as ending on a calendar month end.

NOTE 2.  INVENTORIES

Inventories, stated at the lower of cost or market, consist of (in thousands):

                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                          1996
                                                        --------

       Raw materials                                    $    539
       Work in process                                     3,113
       Finished goods                                     12,173
                                                        --------
                                                        $ 15,825
                                                        --------
                                                        --------

NOTE 3.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

(a)  On November 16, 1995, Electronics for Imaging, Inc. ("EFI") filed a suit in
the United States District Court in the Northern District of California alleging
that the Company infringes a patent allegedly owned by EFI.  Although the
complaint does not specify which of the Company's products allegedly infringe
the patent, subsequent pleading indicates that EFI alleges that the Company's
Color Server products allegedly infringe.  In January 1996, the Company
completed the divestiture of the Color Server Group.


The Company has filed an answer denying all material allegations, and has filed
counterclaims against EFI alleging causes of action for interference with
prospective economic benefit, antitrust violations, and unfair business
practices.  EFI's motion to dismiss or sever the Company's amended counterclaims
was granted in part and the ruling permitted the Company to file an amended
counterclaim for antitrust violations.  The Company has filed an amended
antitrust claim.  The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to EFI's
claims and is defending them vigorously.  In addition, the Company believes it
may have indemnification rights with respect to EFI's claims.  In the opinion of
management, based on the facts known at this time, although the eventual outcome
of this case is unlikely to have a material adverse effect on the results of
operations or financial position of the Company, the costs of defense,
regardless of outcome, may have a material adverse effect on the results of
operations or financial position of the Company.  In addition, in connection
with the divestiture of its Color Server business, the Company has certain
indemnification obligations for which approximately $2.3 million remains held in
escrow to secure such obligations in the event that the purchaser suffers any
losses resulting from such litigation.

(b)  The Company was named as one of approximately 42 defendants in Shapiro et
al. v. ADI Systems, Inc. et al., Superior Court of California, Santa Clara
County, case no. CV751685, filed August 14, 1995.  Radius was named as one of
approximately 32 defendants in Maizes & Maizes et al. v. Apple Computer et al.,
Superior Court of New Jersey, Essex County, case no. L-13780-95, filed December
15, 1995.  Plaintiffs in each case purport to represent alleged classes of
similarly situated


                                      F-26
<PAGE>

persons and/or the general public, and allege that the defendants falsely
advertise that the viewing areas of their computer monitors are larger than in
fact they are.

The Company was served with the Shapiro complaint on August 22, 1995 and was
served with the Maizes complaint on January 5, 1996.  Defendants' petition to
the California State Judicial Council to coordinate the Shapiro case with
similar cases brought in other California jurisdictions was granted in part and
it is anticipated that the coordinated proceedings will be held in Superior
Court of California, San Francisco County.  An amended consolidated complaint
was filed on March 26, 1996.  Discovery proceedings are scheduled to begin.  The
Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the plaintiffs' claims and is
defending them vigorously.  In the opinion of management, based on the facts
known at this time, the eventual outcome of these cases may have a material
adverse effect on the results of operations or financial position of the Company
in the financial period in which they are resolved.  In addition, whether or not
the eventual outcomes of these cases have a material adverse effect on the
results of operations or financial condition of the Company, the costs of
defense, regardless of outcome, may have a material adverse effect on the
results of operations and financial condition of the Company.

(c)  On April 17, 1996, the Company was served with a complaint filed by Colorox
Corporation ("Colorox"), in the Circuit Court of the State of Oregon, County of
Multnomah, case no. 9604-02481, which alleges that the Company breached an
alleged oral contract to sell its dye sublimation printer business to Colorox
for $200,000, and seeks both specific performance of the alleged contract and
alleged damages of $2.5 million.  The lawsuit also alleges that an officer of
the Company interfered with the alleged contract.  The Company believes it has
meritorious defenses to the plaintiff's claims and intends to defend them
vigorously.  Nevertheless, the costs of defense, regardless of outcome, could
have an adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of
the Company.

(d)  The Company is involved in a number of other judicial and administrative
proceedings incidental to its business, including litigation by alleged trade
creditors who did not participate in the Plan.  The Company intends to defend
such lawsuits vigorously and although adverse decisions (or settlements) may
occur in one or more of such cases, the final resolution of these lawsuits,
individually or in the aggregate, is not expected to have a material adverse
effect on the financial position of the Company.  However, depending on the
amount and timing of an unfavorable resolution of these lawsuits, it is possible
that the Company's future results of operations or cash flows could be
materially adversely affected in a particular period.  In addition, the costs of
defense -- regardless of the outcome -- could have a material adverse effect on
the results of operations and financial condition of the Company.

NOTE 4.  BUSINESS DIVESTITURES

COLOR SERVER GROUP DIVESTITURE

In January 1996, the Company completed the sale of  its Color Server Group
("CSG") to Splash Merger Company, Inc. (the "Buyer"), a wholly owned subsidiary
of Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. (the "Parent"), a corporation formed by
various investment entities associated with Summit Partners. Through June 30,
1996 the Company has received approximately $21.0 million in cash and an
additional $2.4 million is being maintained in escrow for certain post-closing
adjustments and to secure certain indemnification obligations.  The Company also
received 4,282 shares of the Parent's 6% Series B Redeemable and Convertible
Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock"). The shares of Series B
Preferred Stock will be convertible by the Company at any time into
approximately 19.9% of the Parent's common stock outstanding as of the closing
of the transaction. The Company has not converted the Series B Preferred Stock.
In June 1996, the Company granted IBM Credit Corp. ("ICC"), its secured lender,
an option to purchase 428 shares of Series B Preferred as a fee for the
restructuring of the terms of its credit agreement with ICC. The shares of
Series B Preferred Stock also will be redeemable by the Parent at any time, and
will be subject to mandatory redemption beginning on the sixth anniversary of
issuance, in each case at a redemption price of $1,000 per share plus accrued
dividends. These shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been pledged to ICC.
The Company has certain indemnification obligations in connection with the
patent lawsuit brought by Electronics for Imaging, Inc.  The net proceeds from
the sale of the Color Server Group were paid to Silicon Valley Bank ("SVB") in
order to repay the Company's indebtedness to SVB, and to ICC, in order to reduce
the Company's outstanding indebtedness to ICC.

PORTRAIT DISPLAY LABS

In January 1996, the Company entered into a series of agreements with Portrait
Display Labs, Inc. ("PDL"). The agreements assigned the Company's pivoting
technology to PDL and canceled PDL's on-going royalty obligation to the Company
under an existing license agreement in exchange for a one-time cash payment. PDL
also granted the Company a limited license back to the pivoting


                                      F-27
<PAGE>

technology. Under these agreements, PDL also settled its outstanding receivable
to the Company by paying the Company $500,000 in cash and issuing to the Company
214,286 shares of PDL's Common Stock.  These shares of PDL Common Stock have
been pledged to ICC.

UMAX DATA SYSTEMS, INC.

In February 1996, the Company sold its MacOS compatible systems business to UMAX
Computer Corporation ("UCC"), a company formed by UMAX Data Systems, Inc.
("UMAX").  The Company received approximately $2.3 million in cash and debt
relief, and 1,492,500 shares of UCC's Common Stock, representing approximately
19.9% of UCC's then outstanding shares of Common Stock.  The Company has a right
to receive royalties based on UCC's net revenues related to the MacOS compatible
systems business. These shares of UCC Common Stock have been pledged to ICC.

NOTE 5. RESTRUCTURING RESERVE REVERSAL

During the quarter ended June 30, 1996, the Company reversed approximately
$913,000 of restructuring reserves as a result of a favorable settlement related
to facility lease cancellation fees.

NOTE 6.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In September 1996, the Company, IBM Credit and its unsecured creditors 
consummated a debt-for-equity exchange (the "Plan").  Unsecured creditors 
forgave approximately $45.9 million of claims (including a $1.0 million 
reserve for unknown or unresolved claims) in consideration of the issuance of 
36,294,198 shares of Common Stock and Rights to receive 11,046,060 additional 
shares of Common Stock in the event that the Series A Convertible Preferred 
Stock is converted into Common Stock (such numbers include 791,280 shares of 
Common Stock and 280,824 Rights issued to the Radius Creditors Trust for the 
purpose of satisfying a portion of unknown or unresolved claims).  Certain 
unsecured creditors, most of which had claims of less than $50,000 
(representing approximately $1.9 million in claims), were paid cash at an 
average discount of approximately 75% of the amount of the claim in 
satisfaction of their claims.  The Company's secured creditor, IBM Credit, 
received 750,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants 
to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of $3.0 million of 
indebtedness and restructuring the terms of the Company's remaining 
approximately $23.4 million indebtedness to IBM Credit.

After the consummation of the Plan, to the Company's knowledge, there remained
unsatisfied unsecured claims against the Company, which the Company does not
dispute, of approximately $200,000.  The Company has issued an aggregate of
791,280 shares of Common Stock and an additional 240,824 Rights to the Radius
Creditors Trust, for the purpose of satisfying a portion of any such remaining
or previously unknown claims.  There can be no assurance that this amount will
be sufficient to satisfy any such claims.  If the Company cannot settle or repay
these remaining claims or any previously unknown claims, there can be no
assurance that such claimants will not institute enforcement proceedings in
order to collect their claims.  Any such proceedings could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition.  Of the approximately 300 persons the Company believed to be
Convenience Class Creditors, approximately 50 persons claimed that no balance
was owed to such creditors.  There can be no assurance that such creditors will
not, in the future, assert claims against the Company.

                                      F-28



<PAGE>

                    PRO FORMA UNAUDITED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     In January 1996, the Company completed the sale (the "Disposition") of its
Color Server Group ("CSG") to Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. ("Splash"), a
corporation formed by various investment entities associated with Summit
Partners.  The Company received approximately $21.0 million in cash ($2.4
million remains in escrow to secure certain indemnification obligations), and
also received 4,282 shares of Splash 6% Series B Redeemable and Convertible
Preferred Stock.  The net proceeds of the CSG transaction were used to repay
certain indebtedness of the Company.  Reference is made to "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the historical financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus for a
further description of the CSG transaction.

     The Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Operations for the nine months ended
June 30, 1996 and the twelve months ended September 30, 1995 reflect the
elimination of net revenue, cost of sales and operating expenses related to CSG.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Operations assumes that the Disposition
and the other referenced events were completed at the beginning of the relevant
reporting period.

     No Pro Forma Unaudited Balance Sheet is presented as the Disposition has
been reflected in the unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1996
included elsewhere herein.

     The pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of
the results of operations that would actually have been reported had the
transaction underlying the pro forma adjustments actually been consummated on
such dates or of the results of operations that may be reported by the Company
in the future.

     The accompanying pro forma financial information should be read in
conjunction with the historical financial statements of the Company and the
related notes thereto.


                                      P-1
<PAGE>



                                   RADIUS INC.

                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                     TWELVE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                   (UNAUDITED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       LESS:                                 TOTAL
                                              RADIUS INC.          COLOR HARD COPY        LESS:               AS
                                            CONSOLIDATED                GROUP           INTEREST           ADJUSTED
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------
<S>                                         <C>                  <C>                  <C>                <C>
Net revenue                                    $308,133             $29,328                                $278,805

Cost of sales                                   302,937              19,559                                 283,378
                                            --------------       -----------------                       ---------------
Gross margin                                      5,196               9,769                                  (4,573)

Operating expenses                              109,378               6,300                                 103,078
                                            --------------       -----------------                       ---------------
Operating income (loss)                        (104,182)              3,469                                (107,651)

Other income (expense), net                      (6,068)                  0               1,675 (A)          (4,393)
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------

Litigation settlement                           (12,422)                  0                                 (12,422)
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------

Income (loss) before income taxes             ($122,672)             $3,469              $1,675           ($124,466)
                                                                  

Provision for income taxes                        9,070                  --                  --               9,070
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------
Net income (loss)                             ($131,742)             $3,469              $1,675           ($133,536)
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------

Net loss per share:

Net loss per share                               ($8.75)                                                     ($8.87)
                                            --------------                                               ---------------
                                            --------------                                               ---------------


Common and common equivalent
shares used in computing net loss
per share                                        15,049                                                      15,049
                                            --------------                                               ---------------
                                            --------------                                               ---------------
</TABLE>


                                       P-2

<PAGE>

                                   RADIUS INC.

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                         NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996

                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                        
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      LESS:
                                             RADIUS INC.           COLOR SERVER          LESS:              TOTAL
                                            CONSOLIDATED               GROUP            INTEREST         AS ADJUSTED
                                           --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------
<S>                                         <C>                  <C>                  <C>                <C>
Net revenue                                     $83,261              $6,967                                 $76,294

Cost of sales                                    67,175               4,722                                  62,453
                                            --------------       -----------------                       ---------------
Gross margin                                     16,086               2,245                                  13,841

Operating expenses                               27,671               1,302                                  26,369
                                            --------------       -----------------                       ---------------
Operating income (loss)                         (11,585)                943                                 (12,528)

Other income (expense), net                      21,090                  --                 593 (A)          21,683
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------
Income before income taxes                        9,505                 943                 593               9,155

Provision for income taxes                          656                  --                  --                 656
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     
Net income                                       $8,849                $943                 593              $8,499
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------
                                            --------------       -----------------    --------------     ---------------
Net income per share:

Net income per share                              $0.49                                                       $0.47
                                            --------------                                               ---------------
                                            --------------                                               ---------------
Common and common equivalent
shares used in computing net loss 
per share                                        17,950                                                      17,950
                                            --------------                                               ---------------
                                            --------------                                               ---------------
</TABLE>


        NOTE TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(A)  Reduction of approximately $593,000 and approximately $1.7 million in
     interest expense recorded by the Company during the nine months ended June
     30, 1996 and the twelve months ended September 30, 1995, respectively, to
     reflect the use of the proceeds to reduce outstanding obligations under the
     Company's line of credit agreements.


                                       P-3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY
SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO
CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.



                          ----------------------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----

AVAILABLE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       3

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       4

THE COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       5

RISK FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       7

USE OF PROCEEDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       15

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       16

DIVIDEND POLICY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       16

CAPITALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       17

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       18

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND 
   ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
   AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       20

BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       32

MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       39

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       44

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       46

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       49

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       52

LEGAL MATTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       53

EXPERTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       53

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      F-1

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       

                                   RADIUS INC.

                                ----------------

                          SHARES OF COMMON STOCK HAVING

                            AN AGGREGATE MARKET PRICE

                                   OF $600,000

                               ------------------

             750,000 SHARES OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

                                        

                          WARRANTS TO PURCHASE 600,000

                             SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                                        

                        54,093,591 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK


                                -----------------
                                -----------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                -----------------
                                -----------------

                                         

                                        

                                           , 1996
                               ------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

     The estimated expenses to be paid by the Registrant in connection with this
offering are as follows:

          Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee. .    $25,205.30
          Nasdaq SmallCap Market filing fee. . . . . . . . . . .         4,466
          Accounting fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .        25,000
          Legal fees and expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        75,000
          Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        50,000
          Printing and engraving stock certificates. . . . . . .         5,000
          Blue sky fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        20,000
          Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses . . . .        10,000
          Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35,328.70
                                                                    ----------
                                Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  250,000
                                                                    ----------
                                                                    ----------



ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     The provisions of Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, Article
V of the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation and Article VI of the
Registrant's Bylaws provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted
by law for expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually
and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding arising by reason of
the fact that any person is or was a director, officer or employee of the
Registrant.  This indemnification may be sufficiently broad to permit
indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act.  In addition, Article IV of the Registrant's
Articles of Incorporation provides that the liability of the Registrant's
directors shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under the
California Law.

     The Registrant has entered into Indemnity Agreements with each of its
current directors to give such directors additional contractual assurances
regarding the scope of the indemnification and liability limitations set forth
in the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

     The Registrant currently carries a director and officer liability insurance
policy with a per claim and annual aggregate coverage limit of $10 million.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

     Since June 30, 1993, the Company has sold and issued the following
unregistered securities:

     (a) In June 1995, the Company issued an aggregate of 2,509,319 shares of
its Common Stock to 18 unaffiliated investors, including Wajilei Foundation, for
aggregate proceeds of approximately $21.5 million.  These securities were issued
in reliance on Section 4(2) of, or Regulation D promulgated under, the
Securities Act.

     (b) In June 1995, the Company settled shareholder litigation with certain
shareholders of Radius and SuperMac Technologies, Inc., for a combination of
cash and shares of the Company's Common Stock.  In November and December 1995
and in June 1996, the Company issued 188,605, 70,525 and 577,544 shares of
Common Stock, respectively.  There are 99,630 shares of Common Stock remaining
to be issued.  These securities were and will be issued in reliance on Section
3(a)(10) of the Securities Act. 

     (c) In September 1996, the Company issued 36,294,198 shares of Common Stock
and Rights to receive 11,046,060 shares of Common Stock in the event that the
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is converted into Common Stock to unsecured
creditors in satisfaction of approximately $45.9 million in claims against the
Company.  These securities were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of, or
Regulation D promulgated under, the Securities Act.

     (d) In September 1996, the Company issued 750,000 shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of Common
Stock to IBM Credit in satisfaction of $3.0 million of indebtedness and for
restructuring the terms of the Company's indebtedness to IBM Credit.  These
securities were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of, or Regulation D
promulgated under, the Securities Act.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

     There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the
transactions set forth in Item 15.



ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

          (a)  The following exhibits are filed herewith:

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                           EXHIBIT TITLE
- ------                           ---------------

  2.01    --   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated May 20, 1994 between
               Radius Inc. and SuperMac Technology, Inc. (1)

  2.02    --   Modification Agreement dated July 21, 1994 to Agreement and Plan
               of Reorganization between Radius Inc. and SuperMac Technology,
               Inc. (1)

  2.03    --   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated July 19, 1994 between
               Radius Inc. and VideoFusion, Inc. (2)

  2.04    --   First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between
               Radius Inc. and VideoFusion, Inc. dated August 25, 1994. (3)

  2.05    --   Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between
               Radius Inc. and VideoFusion, Inc. dated September 6, 1994. (3)

  2.06    --   Third Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between
               Radius Inc. and VideoFusion, Inc. dated May 10, 1995. (3)

  2.07    --   Merger Agreement (the "Merger Agreement") dated as of December
               21, 1995 among Radius Inc., Splash Technology, Inc., Summit
               Subordinated Debt Fund, L.P., Summit Ventures IV, L.P., Summit
               Investors II, L.P., Splash Technology Holdings, Inc. and Splash
               Merger Company, Inc. (4)

  2.08    --   Amendment No. 1 to Merger Agreement dated as of January 30, 1996.
               (4)

  3.01    A    Registrant's Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of
               Incorporation. (5)

          B    Certificate of Amendment of Registrant's Sixth Amended and
               Restated Articles of Incorporation. (3)

          C    Certificate of Amendment of Registrant's Sixth Amended and
               Restated Articles of Incorporation.

          D    Certificate of Determination of Preferences of Series A
               Convertible Preferred Stock of Radius Inc.

  3.02    --   Registrant's Bylaws. (6)

  4.01    --   Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock of the
               Registrant. (7)

  4.02    --   Specimen Certificate for shares of Series A Convertible Preferred
               Stock of the Registrant.

  4.03    --   Warrant dated September 13, 1995 between IBM Credit Corporation
               and the Registrant.

  4.04    --   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and
               certain shareholders.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>



EXHIBIT
NUMBER                           EXHIBIT TITLE
- ------                           -------------

          A    The Registrant's Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of
               Incorporation. (5)

          B    Certificate of Amendment of Registrant's Sixth Amended and
               Restated Articles of Incorporation. (3)

          C    Certificate of Amendment of Registrant's Sixth Amended and
               Restated Articles of Incorporation.  (See exhibit 3.01)

          D    Certificate of Determination of Preferences of Series A
               Convertible Preferred Stock of Radius Inc.  (See exhibit 3.01).

  4.05    --   The Registrant's Bylaws. (6)

  4.06    --   Non-Plan Stock Option Grant to Charles W. Berger. (8)

  4.07    --   Form of Subscription Agreement.

  4.08    --   Form of Right.*

  5.01    --   Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality of the
               securities being offered.*

  10.01   A    Registrant's 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan. (9)

          B    Amendment to Registrant's 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan.
               (3)

          C    Registrant's 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan Loan Policy. (3)

  10.02   --   Registrant's 1995 Stock Option Plan. (3)

  10.03   --   Form of Stock Option Agreement and Exercise Request as currently
               in effect under 1995 Stock Option Plan. (3)

  10.04   --   Registrant's 1990 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related
               documents. (10)

  10.05   --   Registrant's 1994 Directors' Stock Option Plan. (3)

  10.06   --   Form of Indemnity Agreement with Directors. (7)

  10.07   --   Credit Agreement by and among Radius Inc., the certain financial
               institutions, and Silicon Valley Bank, dated March 20, 1995. (11)

  10.08   A    Credit Agreement by and among Radius Inc., the certain financial
               institutions, and International Business Machines Credit
               Corporation, dated February 17, 1995. (11)

          B    Acknowledgment, Waiver and Amendment to Radius Inc. Inventory and
               Working Capital Financing Agreement by and between Radius Inc.
               and International Business Machines Credit Corporation dated
               December 14, 1995. (3)

  10.09   A    Lease Agreement by and between Registrant and the Equitable Life
               Assurance Society of the United States dated June 22, 1988, as
               amended by the Commencement of Term Agreement dated February 13,
               1989 and Amendment No. One dated July 20, 1989, and related
               documents (1710 Fortune Drive, San Jose, California offices). (7)

          B    Second Amendment to Lease dated January 27, 1993 amending Lease
               Agreement by and between Registrant and the Fortune Drive
               Partners (successor in interest to the Equitable Life Assurance
               Society of the United States) dated June 22, 1988 (1710 Fortune
               Drive, San Jose, California offices). (12)


                                      II-3
<PAGE>



EXHIBIT
NUMBER                           EXHIBIT TITLE
- ------                           -------------

  10.10   --   Lease Agreement by and between Registrant and Board of
               Administration, as Trustee for the Police and Fire Department
               Fund, and Board of Administration, as Trustee for the Federated
               City Employees Retirement Fund dated December 11, 1990, and
               related documents (Milpitas, California warehouse space). (5)

  10.11   --   Lease Agreement by and between Registrant and South Bay/Copley
               Associates III Joint Venture dated May 11, 1992; Sublease by and
               between Core Industries, Inc. and Registrant dated May 12, 1992;
               and related documents (2040 Fortune Drive, San Jose California
               offices). (13)

  10.12   A    Lease Agreement between SuperMac Technologies, Inc. and 
               Connecticut General Life Insurance Company dated as of 
               November 13, 1993 (215 Moffett Park Drive, Sunnyvale,
               California offices). (14)

          B    Office Lease dated March 18, 1996 between Registrant and CIGNA.


  10.13   --   Employment Agreement by and between Registrant and Charles W.
               Berger dated February 26, 1993 as amended on September 17, 1993.
               (15)

  10.14   --   Full Recourse Promissory Note with Charles W. Berger. (15)

  10.15   --   SuperMac Technology, Inc.'s 1988 Stock Option Plan ("Option
               Plan"). (16)

  10.16   --   SuperMac Technology, Inc.'s Form of Incentive Stock Option
               Agreement under the Option Plan. (16)

  10.17   --   SuperMac Technology, Inc.'s Form of Supplemental Stock Option
               Agreement under the Option Plan. (16)

  10.18   --   SuperMac Technology, Inc.'s Form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase
               Agreement under the Option Plan. (16)

  10.19   --   Distribution Agreement between Radius Inc. and Ingram Micro, Inc.
               dated June 5, 1991 as amended on April 1, 1992, May 31, 1995 and
               July 14, 1995. (17)

  10.20   --   Amended and Restated Working Capital and Term Loan Agreement
               dated as of August 30, 1996 between IBM Credit Corporation and
               the Registrant.*

  11.01   --   Computation of per share earnings.

  21.01   --   List of Registrant's subsidiaries. (3)

  23.01   --   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

  23.02   --   Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01).

                                      II-4


<PAGE>



EXHIBIT
NUMBER                           EXHIBIT TITLE
- -----                            -------------

  24.01   --   Power of Attorney (see page II-7).

               

- ------------

  (1)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Amendment No. 2 
       (File No. 33-79732) to Form S-4 filed on July 25, 1994.

  (2)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form
       10-Q filed on August 17, 1994.

  (3)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report Form 10-K
       filed on December 15, 1995.

  (4)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form
       10-Q filed on February 13, 1996

  (5)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form
       10-K filed on December 24, 1990.

  (6)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Registration
       Statement on Form S-8 filed on April 29, 1992 (File No. 33-47525).

  (7)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Registration
       Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-35769) which became effective on
       August 16, 1990.

  (8)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Registration
       Statement on Form S-8 filed on November 15, 1993 (File No. 33-71636).

  (9)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form 
       10-K filed on December 28, 1992.

  (10) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form 
       10-K filed on December 30, 1991.

  (11) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form 
       10-Q filed on May 10, 1995.

  (12) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form 
       10-Q filed on August 18, 1993.

  (13) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form 
       10-Q filed on August 12, 1992.

  (14) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to SuperMac's Form S-1 (File No.
       33-58158) filed on February 11, 1993.

  (15) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form 
       10-K filed on January 3, 1994.

  (16) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to SuperMac Technology, Inc.'s
       Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 33-46800), which
       became effective on May 15, 1992.

  (17) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to the Company's Report on Form 
       10-Q filed on August 15, 1995.

- ---------------------

  *    To be supplied by amendment.


                                      II-5
<PAGE>

          (b)  The following financial statement schedule is filed herewith:  

          Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (See page F-22)

     Other financial statement schedules are omitted because the information
called for is not required or is shown either in the Financial Statements or the
Notes thereto.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:  (i) to include any
prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act"); (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-
effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent
a fundamental change in the information in the Registration Statement; and
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any
material change to such information in the Registration Statement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that paragraphs (i) and (ii) do not apply if the information required
to be included in a post-effective amendment is contained in periodic reports
filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the
Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") that are incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement.

     (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering
thereof.

     (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 15 above, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of
California, on the 18th day of September, 1996.

                                    RADIUS INC.

                                    By: /s/ Charles W. Berger
                                        ------------------------
                                        Charles W. Berger
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Charles W. Berger and Cherrie L. Fosco, and each
of them, his or her attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the power of
substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration
statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is
to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the
Securities Act of 1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file
the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-
fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SIGNATURE                                    TITLE                                       DATE
- ---------                                    -----                                       -----
<S>                                          <C>                                         <C>
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER:

/s/ Charles W. Berger                        President, Chief Executive                   September 18, 1996
- ----------------------------------           Officer and Chairman of the                           
Charles W. Berger                            Board of Directors


PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER:

/s/ Charles W. Berger                        Acting Chief Financial Officer               September 18, 1996
- ----------------------------------                                                                 
Charles W. Berger

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER:

/s/ Cherrie L. Fosco                         Vice President and                           September 18, 1996
- ----------------------------------           Corporate Controller                                  
Cherrie L. Fosco                             

ADDITIONAL DIRECTORS:

/s/ Michael D. Boich                         Director                                     September 18, 1996
- ---------------------------------                                                                  
Michael D. Boich

/s/ Regis McKenna                            Director                                     September 18, 1996
- ---------------------------------                                                                  
Regis McKenna

/s/ David B. Pratt                           Director                                     September 18, 1996
- ---------------------------------                                                                  
David B. Pratt

</TABLE>

                                      II-7 

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 3.01(C)
                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
              SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                 OF RADIUS INC.

                            A California corporation
           Charles W. Berger and Cherrie L. Fosco hereby certify that:
1.   They are the duly elected and acting Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer, and Secretary, respectively of Radius Inc., a California
corporation.
2.   Article III of the Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of
said corporation are amended and restated to read in full as follows:
                                  "ARTICLE III

(A)  CLASSES OF STOCK.  This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of
stock to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and Preferred Stock."  The
total number of shares of Common Stock that the corporation is authorized to
issue is 100,000,000 shares.  The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that
the corporation is authorized to issue is 2,000,000 shares.
(B)  DESIGNATION OF SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK.  The Preferred Stock authorized
by these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation may be issued from time
to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors of the corporation may
designate, fix the number of shares of and determine or alter the rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon, any wholly
unissued series of Preferred Stock.  As to any series of Preferred Stock, the
number of shares of which is authorized to be fixed by the Board of Directors,
the Board may, within any limits and restrictions stated in the resolutions of
the Board originally fixing the number of shares constituting such series,
increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then
outstanding) the number of shares of any such series subsequent to the issue of
shares of that series.  Except as provided in these Articles or as otherwise
required by law, any new series of Preferred Stock may be designated, fixed and
determined as provided herein by the Board without further approval of the
holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or any series thereof."
    3.    The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly
approved by the Board of Directors of said corporation.


                                        1

<PAGE>

    4.    The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly
approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of
the Corporations Code.  The total number of outstanding shares of the
corporation entitled to vote with respect to the amendment is 18,147,099 shares
of Common Stock.  There are no shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.
The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the
vote required.  The percentage vote required was more than 50%.
    We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of
California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct
of our own knowledge.
Dated:    September 5, 1996.
                                        /s/ Charles W. Berger
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Charles W. Berger, Chairman of the
                                        Board and Chief Executive Officer

                                        /S/ Cherrie L. Fosco
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Cherrie L. Fosco, Secretary


                                        2

<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 3.01(D)

                   CERTIFICATE OF DETERMINATION OF PREFERENCES

                     OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

                                 OF RADIUS INC.

                   Pursuant to Section 401 of the Corporations

                         Code of the State of California

     The undersigned, being the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer, and Secretary, respectively, of Radius Inc., a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of the State of California (the "Corporation"),
hereby certify that, pursuant to the authority contained in Article III of the
Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, and in
accordance with the provisions of Section 401 of the Corporations Code of the
State of California, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has duly adopted
the following recitals and resolution creating a new series of its Preferred
Stock and designating 750,000 shares as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,
none of which shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have been
previously issued, pursuant to a unanimous consent of directors dated August 30,
1996:

     WHEREAS, the Corporation is authorized by its Articles of Incorporation to
issue up to 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, issuable from time to time in
one or more series;

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to
determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or
imposed upon any additional series of Preferred Stock, to fix the number of
shares constituting any such series and to determine the designation thereof, or
any of them; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation desires, pursuant to its
authority as aforesaid, to issue and to determine and fix the rights, privileges
and restrictions relating to a new series of Preferred Stock and the number of
shares constituting and the designation of such series;

     NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors hereby fixes and
determines the designation of, the number of shares constituting and the rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions relating to a new series of Preferred
Stock, as follows:

1.   SERIES AND NUMBER OF SHARES.  Of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock,
750,000 shares are hereby designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.  The
Series A Preferred Stock still have the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions set forth below.


                                        1

<PAGE>

2.   DEFINITIONS.  The following definitions shall apply:

          2.1  "AVAILABLE NET PROCEEDS" shall mean the net proceeds to the
Company generated by a Triggering Event (after reduction for the related
expenses and amounts otherwise required to be paid to holders of the Company's
indebtedness pursuant to the terms of such indebtedness).

          2.2  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

          2.3  "BREAKEVEN PRICE" shall mean the number obtained by multiplying
the Original Issue Price by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is 750,000,
and (ii) the denominator of which is the Common Share Equivalent.

          2.4  "COMPANY" shall mean this Corporation.

          2.5  "COMMON SHARE EQUIVALENT" shall mean 5,523,030.

          2.6  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock, no par value, of the
Company.

          2.7  "COMMON STOCK DIVIDEND" shall mean a stock dividend declared and
paid on the Common Stock that is payable in shares of Common Stock.

          2.8  "CONVERSION FACTOR" shall have the meaning specified in Section
7.3.

          2.9  "DIVIDED PAYMENT DATE" shall mean the last day of each of the
Company's fiscal quarters.

          2.10 "DIVIDEND RATE" shall mean $0.40 per share per annum.

          2.11 "MARKET PRICE" shall mean with respect to each share of Common
Stock:

               (i)  if traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq
National Market (or similar national quotation system), the Market Price shall
be deemed to be the closing price (last reported sale) on the Dividend Payment
Date;


                                        2

<PAGE>

               (ii)  if traded over-the-counter, the Market Price shall be
deemed to be the closing bid price quoted on the Dividend Payment Date (or, if
no closing bid price was quoted on that date, then the closing bid price that
was last quoted prior to such date); or

               (iii) if at any time the Common Stock is not traded as described
in (i) or (ii) above, the Market Price shall be the highest price per share
which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current employee or
director) for shares of Common Stock sold by the Company, from authorized but
unissued shares, as determined in good faith by its Board of Directors.

          2.12 "ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE" shall mean the date on which the first
share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued by the Company.

          2.13 "ORIGINAL ISSUE PRICE" shall mean $4.00 per share.

          2.14 "PERMITTED REPURCHASES" shall mean the repurchase by the Company
of shares of Common Stock held by employees, officers, directors, consultants,
independent contractors, advisors or other persons performing services for the
Company or a Subsidiary that are subject to restricted stock purchase agreements
or stock option exercise agreements under which the Company has the option to
repurchase such shares:  (i) at cost, upon the occurrence of certain events,
such as the termination of employment or services; or (ii) at any price pursuant
to the Company's exercise of a right of first refusal to repurchase such shares;
provided, that the Board approves such repurchase.

          2.15 "QUARTERLY RATE" shall mean, for each share of Series A Preferred
Stock outstanding during any fiscal quarter of the Company, the rate equal to
$0.10 per fiscal quarter (prorated for any portion of such quarter during which
such share was not outstanding).

          2.16 "SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, no par value, of the Company.

          2.17 "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any corporation of which at least 50% of
the outstanding voting stock is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the
Company or by one or more of such subsidiary corporations.

          2.18 "TRIGGERING EVENT" shall mean any of the following events or
combination of the following events during any 12 month period which generate
Available Net Proceeds to the Company of at least $100,000 in the aggregate and
which proceeds are otherwise legally available for distribution to its
shareholders:  (i) any of the events specified in clauses (1)-(6) of Section
8.1; (ii) the sale by the Company of any securities owned by it (other than to a
holder of Series A Preferred Stock) of either (x) Splash Technology Holdings,
Inc., (y) Portrait Display


                                        3

<PAGE>

Labs, Inc. or (z) UMAX Computer Corporation (or any securities issued in
exchange therefor); (iii) the sale by the Company of any of its businesses; or
(iv) the sale by the Company of any of its assets or inventory other than in the
ordinary course of business.

          3.   DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

               3.1  DIVIDEND PREFERENCE.  In each calendar year, the holders of
the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when
and as declared by the Board, out of any funds and assets of the Company legally
available therefor, dividends at the annual Dividend Rate, prior and in
preference to the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock in such calendar
year (other than a Common Stock Dividend or any Permitted Repurchases) whether
or not such dividends have been declared.  If declared, each such dividend shall
be paid within five days after the next Dividend Payment Date to the holders of
record of the Series A Preferred Stock as they shall appear on the stock
register of the Company on such record date as shall be fixed by the Board of
Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof, which record
date shall be no more than 45 days or less than 10 days preceding the Dividend
Payment Date.  No dividends (other than a Common Stock Dividend) shall be paid
with respect to the Common Stock during any calendar year unless dividends in
the total amount of the annual Dividend Rate for the Series A Preferred Stock
plus all previously accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock
shall have first been paid or declared and set apart for payment to the holders
of Series A Preferred Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this restriction shall not
apply to Permitted Repurchases.

               Dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
shall accrue as of each Dividend Payment Date at the Quarterly Rate.  If, on any
Dividend Payment Date, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not
have received, in cash or in additional shares of Common Stock, the full
dividends that are then accrued as provided for in this Section 3.1, then the
unpaid amount of such dividends shall cumulate, whether or not earned or
declared.

               The Company may elect, at any time, at its option and in its sole
discretion in lieu of dividends in cash on the Series A Preferred Stock, to pay
all or any portion of the accrued and unpaid dividends through the issuance of
shares of Common Stock.  Such shares of Common Stock shall be valued at a per
share price equal to the Market Price on the Dividend Payment Date.

               3.2  NON-CASH DIVIDENDS.  Whenever a dividend provided for in
this Section 3 shall be payable in property other than cash or Common Stock, the
value of such dividend shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such
property as determined in good faith by the Board.

          4.   LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and
assets of the


                                        4

<PAGE>

Company that may be legally distributed to the Company's shareholders (the
"AVAILABLE FUNDS AND ASSETS") shall be distributed to shareholders in the
following manner:

               4.1  LIQUIDATION PREFERENCES.  The holders of each share of
Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of
the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or
distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any
Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Common Stock or any other series of
Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue
Price for each such share plus all accrued but unpaid dividends thereon.  If
upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the Available
Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the
Series A Preferred Stock of their full preferential amounts described in this
subsection, then all of the remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be
distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock
on a pro rata basis.

               4.2  REMAINING ASSETS.  If there are any Available Funds and
Assets remaining after the payment or distribution (or the setting aside for
payment or distribution) to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of their
full preferential amounts described in Section 4.1, then holders of the then
outstanding Preferred Stock (other than Series A Preferred Stock) and Common
Stock shall receive all the remaining Available Funds and Assets (if any) pro
rata according to the number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or Common
Stock, as applicable, then held by each of them.

               4.3  NON-CASH CONSIDERATION.  If any assets of the Company
distributed to shareholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or
winding up of the Company are other than cash, then the value of such assets
shall be their fair market value as determined by the Board, EXCEPT THAT any
securities to be distributed to shareholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or
winding up of the Company shall be valued as follows:

                    (a)  The method of valuation of securities not subject to
investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be
as follows:

                         (i)   if the securities are then traded on a national
securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market (or a similar national
quotation system), then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the
closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 30-day
period ending three days prior to the distribution;

                         (ii)  if the securities are then traded over-the-
counter, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid
prices over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the distribution; and


                                        5

<PAGE>

                         (iii) if the securities are not then traded as
described in (i) or (ii) above, then the value shall be the fair market value
thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

                    (b)  The method of valuation of securities subject to
investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make
an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in
subparagraphs (a)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this subsection to reflect the
approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

          5.   REDEMPTION.

               5.1  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

               (a)  Subject to the provisions regarding partial redemption in
Section 5.2, upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company shall,
within ten days after the occurrence of such Triggering Event, provide written
notice (the "TRIGGERING EVENT NOTICE") of such Triggering Event to the holders
of record of Series A Preferred Stock as of the date of such Triggering Event.
The Company shall, upon receipt of written notice from holders of a majority of
the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding (a "REDEMPTION REQUEST"),
provided that such notice is received within ten days after the date on which
the Triggering Event Notice was sent (such ten day period is referred to as the
"ELECTION PERIOD"), redeem the Series A Preferred Stock in whole or in part to
the extent of the Available Net Proceeds, but in no event shall the aggregate
amount paid in such redemption exceed the amount of funds legally available
therefor.  The redemption price for each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall
be the Original Issue Price for such Series A Preferred Stock plus the amount of
all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

               (b)  In the event that the Company does not receive a Redemption
Request from holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock within the Election Period, the Company may redeem the Series A
Preferred Stock, in whole or in part (to the extent of Available Net Proceeds),
at a redemption price for each share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to
(i) the Original Issue Price multiplied by 110%, plus (ii) the amount of all
accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.  If the Company elects to redeem shares of
the Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with the immediately preceding
sentence, the Company shall provide written notice of such election, within 30
days after the Election Period, in the same manner as the Triggering Event
Notice (the "SECOND NOTICE").  A number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
equal to the Conversion Amount (defined below) shall, upon a vote of a majority
of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (a "SERIES A ELECTION")
occurring within fifteen days after the date on which the Second Notice was
sent, be automatically converted, pursuant to the procedures set forth in
Section 7 below, into Common Stock (with each share of Series A Preferred Stock
being converted into a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion
Factor (as defined in Section 7.3 below)) (such conversion is referred to as a
"TRIGGERING EVENT CONVERSION").  For purposes hereof, the number of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock subject to a Triggering Event Conversion (the
"CONVERSION AMOUNT") shall equal


                                        6

<PAGE>

the amount of the Available Net Proceeds divided by (x) the Original Issue Price
plus (y) the amount of all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A
Preferred Stock.  If the Company does not receive notice of a Series A Election
within such fifteen day period, the Company may, within 30 days after the
expiration of such fifteen day period, redeem the Series A Preferred Stock as
provided in this Section 5.1(b).  If the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are
not redeemed or converted in accordance with this Section 5.1(b), or if shares
of Series A Preferred Stock which are subject to redemption hereunder have not
been redeemed due to insufficient legally available funds and assets of the
Company, then such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall continue to be
outstanding and entitled to all dividend, liquidation, conversion (including
conversion into Common Stock pursuant to Section 7.1(a)) and other rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions on the Series A Preferred Stock
respectively until; such shares have been converted or redeemed.

               5.2  PARTIAL REDEMPTION.  No redemption shall be made under this
Section 5 of only a part of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock,
unless the Company shall effect such redemption pro rata among all holders of
Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding according to the number of shares of
such Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder thereof on the applicable
Redemption Date.

               5.3  REDEMPTION NOTICE.  At least 20 but no more than 60 days
prior to the date fixed for any redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred
Stock (the "REDEMPTION DATE"), written notice shall be mailed by the Company,
postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the
business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of the Series A
Preferred Stock to be redeemed, at the address last shown on the records of the
Company for such holder or given by the holder to the Company for the purpose of
notice or, if no such address appears or is given, at the place where the
principal executive office of the Company is located, notifying such holder of
the redemption to be effected, specifying the subsection hereof under which such
redemption is being effected, the Redemption Date, the applicable redemption
price, the number of such holder's shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be
redeemed and the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such
holder to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated,
the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the
"REDEMPTION NOTICE").

               5.4  SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATES.  On or before the designated
Redemption Date, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall
surrender the certificate(s) representing such shares of Series A Preferred
Stock to be redeemed to the Company or notify the Company that such
certificate(s) has been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement
satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by
the Company in connection with such certificate(s), in the manner and at the
place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the redemption price
for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears
on such certificate(s) as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate
shall be canceled and retired.  If less than all of the shares represented by
such certificate(s) are redeemed, then the Company shall promptly issue a new
certificate representing the unredeemed shares.


                                        7

<PAGE>

               5.5  EFFECT OF REDEMPTION.  If the Redemption Notice shall have
been duly given, then from and after the Redemption Date, unless there shall
have been a default in payment of the redemption price, all rights of the
holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption in the
Redemption Notice (notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been
surrendered) shall terminate with respect to such shares (except only the right
of the holders to receive the redemption price without interest upon surrender
of their certificates therefor), all dividends with respect to such shares shall
cease to accrue, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the
Company's books.

               5.6  DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION FUNDS.  On or prior to the Redemption
Date, the Company shall deposit the redemption price of all shares of Series A
Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice and not yet
redeemed with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in
excess of $20,000,000 as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders
of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable
instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to pay the redemption
price for such shares to their respective holders on or after the Redemption
Date upon receipt of notification from the Company that such holder has
surrendered his or her share certificate to the Company pursuant to Section 5.4.
The balance of any funds deposited by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.6
remaining unclaimed at the expiration of six months following the Redemption
Date shall be returned to the Company upon its request expressed in a resolution
of its Board of Directors.

          6.   VOTING RIGHTS.

               6.1  COMMON STOCK.  Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall
be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

               6.2  SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK.  Each holder of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of
whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock
could be converted pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1(a) below at the
record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to vote on such
matters or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken
or any written consent of shareholders is solicited.

               6.3  GENERAL.  Subject to the foregoing provisions of this
Section 6, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights
and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock,
and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders' meeting in accordance with
the bylaws of the Company (as in effect at the time in question) and applicable
law, and shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Common Stock,
with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right
to vote, except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law.  Except as
otherwise expressly provided


                                        8

<PAGE>

herein or as required by law, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and the
holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

          7.   CONVERSION RIGHTS.  The outstanding shares of Preferred Stock
shall be convertible into Common Stock as follows:

               7.1  CONVERSION AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

                    (a)  At the option of the holder thereof, each share of
Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at any time or from time to time
prior to the close of business on the tenth day following the date on which a
Second Notice is sent by the Company without the Company having received a
Series A Election Notice, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common
Stock as provided herein.

                    (b)  Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock who
elects to convert any such shares into shares of Common Stock pursuant to
Section 7.1(a) above shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor,
duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the
Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, or notify the Company that such
certificate(s) have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement
satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by
the Company in connection with such certificate(s), and shall give written
notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert shares
of Series A Preferred Stock and shall state therein the number of such shares
being converted.  Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at
such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of fully
paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled
upon such conversion (and a certificate or certificates for any shares of Series
A Preferred Stock that were represented by the surrendered certificate or
certificates and that were not converted).  Such conversion shall be deemed to
have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such
surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series A
Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares
of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes
as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

               7.2  AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.

                    (a)  On no more than one occasion during any fiscal quarter
(which fiscal quarter ends on a date which is more than 90 days following the
effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act"), with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock), 93,750 shares (or such lesser
number of shares outstanding if less than 93,750 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock are outstanding) of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be
converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock in the event
that (i) the Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange or the
Nasdaq National Market (or similar


                                        9

<PAGE>

national quotation system) or is actively traded over-the-counter, (ii) the
Market Price of the Common Stock exceeds 150% of the Breakeven Price for a
period of 15 consecutive trading days, and (iii) for such preceding 15
consecutive trading days, a registration statement under the Act is effective
with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the
Series A Preferred Stock and such shares of Common Stock are eligible for resale
pursuant thereto or such shares of Common Stock are eligible for resale pursuant
to Rule 144 under the Act without the limitations on volume or manner of sale
set forth in such Rule.  The "Conversion Date" for a conversion described in
this Section 7.2(a) shall be the next day following the 15 consecutive trading
day period described in clause (ii) of this Section 7.2(a).  The occurrence of a
Triggering Event Conversion during any fiscal quarter shall not reduce the
number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock subject to conversion pursuant to
this Section 7.2(a).

                    (b)  In the event of a Triggering Event Conversion described
in Section 5.1(b), a number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as set forth
in Section 5.1(b) shall automatically be converted into fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock.  The "Conversion Date" for a conversion
described in this Section 7.2(b) shall be the date of a Series A Election.

                    (c)  The number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held
by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock which are subject to automatic
conversion pursuant to Section 7.2(a) or (b) shall be determined on a pro rata
basis among all holders of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding according to the
number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder thereof on the
Conversion Date.

                    (d)  On the Conversion Date, the applicable outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted into Common Stock
automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such
shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are
surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing
such shares of Series A Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Company or
its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its
transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and
executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from
any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.  Upon the
occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the
holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates
representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for
the Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock.  Thereupon, there shall be issued
and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on
such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for
the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred
Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic
conversion occurred.  The Company shall notify each holder of Series A Preferred
Stock of a conversion pursuant to Section 7.2 and the number of shares of Series
A Preferred Stock held by such holder which were subject to such conversion (as
calculated in accordance with Section 7.2(c)) within five days of the Conversion
Date.


                                       10

<PAGE>

               7.3  CONVERSION FACTOR.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock
converted in accordance with Section 7.1 and 7.2(b) above shall be convertible
into seven and three hundred sixty-four thousandths (7.364) shares of Common
Stock (the "CONVERSION FACTOR").  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock
converted in accordance with Section 7.2(a) above shall be convertible into the
number of shares of Common Stock which results from multiplying the Conversion
Factor by 110%.  The Conversion Factor shall be subject to adjustment from time
to time as provided below.

               7.4  ADJUSTMENT UPON COMMON STOCK EVENT.  Upon the happening of a
Common Stock Event (as hereinafter defined), the Conversion Factor shall,
simultaneously with the happening of such Common Stock Event, be adjusted by
multiplying the Conversion Factor in effect immediately prior to such Common
Stock Event by a fraction, (i) the denominator of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Common
Stock Event, and (ii) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after such Common Stock Event,
and the product so obtained shall thereafter be the Conversion Factor.  The
Conversion Factor shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of
each subsequent Common Stock Event.  As used herein, the term
"COMMON STOCK EVENT" shall mean (i) the issue by the Company of additional
shares of Common Stock as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common
Stock, (ii) a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a
greater number of shares of Common Stock, or (iii) a combination of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common
Stock.

               7.5  ADJUSTMENTS FOR OTHER DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.  If at
any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company pays a
dividend or makes another distribution to the holders of the Common Stock
payable in securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, then in
each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number
of shares of Common Stock receivable upon conversion thereof, the amount of
securities of the Company which they would have received had their Series A
Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or
such record date, as applicable) and had they thereafter, during the period from
the date of such event (or such record date, as applicable) to and including the
conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during
such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period
under this Section 7 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock or with respect to such other securities by their terms.

               7.6  ADJUSTMENT FOR RECLASSIFICATION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSTITUTION.
If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Common
Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock is changed
into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock,
whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (OTHER THAN by a
Common Stock Event or a stock dividend, reorganization, merger, consolidation or
sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 7), then in any such event
each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to
convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and
property receivable upon such recapitalization,


                                       11

<PAGE>

reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common
Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock could have been
converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or
change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to
such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

               7.7  CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTMENT.  In each case of an adjustment or
readjustment of the Conversion Factor for the Series A Preferred Stock, the
Company, at its expense, shall cause its Chief Financial Officer to compute such
adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare
a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such
certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of
the Series A Preferred Stock at the holder's address as shown in the Company's
books.

               7.8  FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares of Common Stock
shall be issued upon any conversion of Series A Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any
fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company
shall pay the holder cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by
the Common Stock's fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board as
of the date of conversion.

               7.9  RESERVATION OF STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION.  The Company
shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of
the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common
Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and if at any time the
number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient
to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the
opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such
purpose.

               7.10 NOTICES.  Any notice hereunder to be given to or by the
holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, unless otherwise
specified herein, be deemed given or sent upon the earlier of actual receipt or
three business days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on
the books of the Company.

               7.11 NO IMPAIRMENT.  The Company shall not avoid or seek to avoid
the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed
hereunder by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in
carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in
order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred
Stock against impairment.

          8.   RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.


                                       12

<PAGE>

               8.1  PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS.  So long as any shares of Series A
Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval,
by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority of the Series A
Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a single class:

                    (1)  amend its Articles of Incorporation in any manner that
would alter or change any of the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions
of the Series A Preferred Stock adversely;

                    (2)  amend its Articles of Incorporation to increase the
authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock;

                    (3)  reclassify or recapitalize any outstanding shares of
securities of the Company into shares having rights, preferences or privileges
senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock;

                    (4)  authorize or issue any other stock having rights or
preferences senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock;

                    (5)  reorganize, merge or consolidate with or into any
corporation if such reorganization, merger or consolidation otherwise requires
shareholder approval and would result in the shareholders of the Company
immediately prior to such merger or consolidation holding less than majority of
the voting power of the stock of the surviving corporation immediately after
such merger or consolidation; or

                    (6)  sell all or substantially all the Company's assets in a
single transaction or series of related transactions.

          9.   MISCELLANEOUS

               9.1  NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK.  No share or
shares of Series A Preferred Stock acquired by the Company by reason of
redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such
shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the
Company shall be authorized to issue.

               9.2  CONSENT TO CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.  Each holder of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock shall, by virtue of its acceptance of a stock
certificate evidencing Series A Preferred Stock, be deemed to have consented,
for purposes of Sections 502, 503 and 506 of the California Corporations Code,
to all Permitted Repurchases.


                                       13

<PAGE>

               9.3  FUTURE SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK.  Subject to the rights of
the holders of Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein, nothing herein shall
limit the right of the Corporation's Board of Directors to divide any authorized
but undesignated shares of Preferred Stock into such number of series, with such
number of shares in each such series, with such designation, and with such
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as may be determined by the
Corporation's Board of Directors pursuant to Article III of the Corporation's
Sixth Amended Restated Articles of Incorporation.

     The authorized number of shares of preferred stock of the Corporation is
Two Million (2,000,000), none of which have been issued.

            [The Remainder of this Page was Intentionally Left Blank]


                                       14

<PAGE>

     We further declare under penalties of perjury under the laws of the State
of California that the matters set forth in this certificate of determination of
preferences of Series A Preferred Stock are true and correct of our own
knowledge.

DATE:  September 5, 1996



                                   /s/ Charles W. Berger
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Charles W. Berger Chairman of the Board
                                   and Chief Executive Officer


                                   /s/ Cherrie L. Fosco
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Cherrie L. Fosco, Secretary



                                       15

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S><C>
                                                                                                                        EXHIBIT 4.02

*__* INCORPORATED UNDER THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA
MAY 19, 1986
*__________*

                                                             "SPECIMEN"
                                                             RADIUS INC.


                    A statement containing the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the Corporation's Preferred
                              and Common Stock may be obtained, without charge, at the Corporation's principal office.
                                   THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT  ***************************** IS THE OWNER OF ******
                                   **************  SHARES OF THE SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF

                                                             RADIUS INC.

          TRANSFERABLE ONLY ON THE SHARE REGISTER OF SAID CORPORATION IN PERSON OR BY DULY AUTHORIZED ATTORNEY, UPON SURRENDER
          OF THIS CERTIFICATE PROPERLY ENDORSED OR ASSIGNED.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its duly  authorized
               officers and to be sealed with the Seal of the Corporation this _______, 199_.

                         ---------------------------                            ----------------------------
                         CHERRIE L. FOSCO, SECRETARY                            CHARLES W. BERGER, PRESIDENT


                                              SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "1933 ACT"), OR APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.  THE SHARES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE
SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT
AND QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS SUCH SALE,
TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE 1933 ACT AND THE QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND, AT THE ISSUER'S ELECTION, UNLESS THE ISSUER RECEIVES
AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND
QUALIFICATION ARE NOT REQUIRED.


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES,
PRIVILEGES AND RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A CERTIFICATE OF DETERMINATION OF
PREFERENCES OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF RADIUS INC., A COPY OF
WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH RIGHTS,
PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES AND RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE
SHARES.

<PAGE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.03





THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  NO SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OR PLEDGE OF THESE
SECURITIES MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING
THERETO OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE
COMPANY THAT A PROPOSED DISPOSITION OR PLEDGE IS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR A NO ACTION LETTER OR INTERPRETIVE OPINION
OF THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS
NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.





                                   RADIUS INC.

                                    WARRANT

                          VOID AFTER September 13, 2000









     1.   THE WARRANT.



          (a)  THE GRANTING OF A WARRANT.  This Warrant is executed and
delivered by Radius Inc., a California corporation (the "COMPANY"), to IBM
Credit Corporation ("Holder").



          (b)  NUMBER AND PRICE OF SHARES SUBJECT TO WARRANT.  Subject to the
terms and conditions herein set forth, Holder is entitled to purchase from the
Company, at any time commencing on the date hereof (the "EXERCISE COMMENCEMENT
DATE") until this Warrant has expired in accordance with subparagraph (e) below,
600,000 shares of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the
Company (the "SHARES") at a purchase price of $____ per share (the "WARRANT
PRICE").  The number and purchase price of such shares are subject to


                                        1

<PAGE>



adjustment pursuant to paragraph 2 hereof.  This Warrant will be exercisable by
the holder at any time after the earlier to occur of (i) effectiveness of a
Registration Statement pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with
respect to the Shares, or (ii) six months from the date of the issuance hereof
by its giving to the Company written notice of its intent to exercise ("EXERCISE
NOTICE") on or before the expiration of this Warrant, in the form attached
hereto as ATTACHMENT 1.  Upon giving such notice, the Holder will surrender this
Warrant at the principal office of the Company and pay the full purchase price
for the Shares to be acquired upon payment in cash or by check.

          (c)  NET EXERCISE.  In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to
Section 1(b) above, the holder may elect to receive a number of Shares to be
calculated as follows:

          X = Y(A-B)
              ------
                 A

where X =      the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the holder.

               Y    =    the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be
                         exercised under this Warrant.

               A    =    the fair market value of one (1) share of Common Stock.

               B    =    the Exercise Price.

     For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Common
Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Common Stock:

     (i)   if traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National
     Market (or similar national quotation system), the fair market value shall
     be deemed to be the closing price (last reported sale) on the day the
     current fair market value of the securities is being determined;

     (ii)  if traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be deemed to
     be the closing bid price quoted on the day the current fair market value of
     the securities is being determined; or

     (iii) if at any time the Common Stock is not traded as described in (i) or
     (ii) above, the current fair market value shall be the highest price per
     share which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer (not a current
     employee or director) for shares of Common Stock sold by the Company, from
     authorized but unissued shares, as determined in good faith by its Board of
     Directors, unless the Company shall become subject to a merger, acquisition
     or other consolidation pursuant to which the Company is not the surviving


                                        2

<PAGE>

     party, in which case the fair market value shall be deemed to be the value
     received by the holders of the Company's Common Stock on a common
     equivalent basis pursuant to such merger or acquisition.

          (d)  EFFECT OF EXERCISE.  This Warrant shall be deemed to have been
exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its
surrender for exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the
Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the
holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on such date.  As
soon as practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver
to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or
certificates for the number of Shares issuable upon such exercise.

          (e)  TERM.  This Warrant shall terminate and expire as of 5:00 p.m.
local California time four (4) years from the date of issuance thereof, unless
exercised in whole prior to that date.

          (f)  PARTIAL EXERCISE.  This Warrant may be exercised by the holder
from time to time as to all or a portion of the Shares subject hereto.  In the
event that this Warrant is exercised as to only a portion of the Shares subject
hereto, the Company will, upon issuance of the Shares so acquired, deliver to
the holder a new Warrant representing the remaining Shares subject hereto.

     2.   (a)  ADJUSTMENT OF WARRANT PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES.  In case at any
time or from time to time on or after the effective date hereof the holders of
the Common Stock of the Company (or any shares of stock or other securities at
the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received, or,
on or after the record date fixed for the determination of eligible
shareholders, shall have become entitled to receive, without payment therefor,
other or additional stock of the Company by way of dividend, then and in each
case, the holder of this Warrant shall, upon the exercise hereof, be entitled to
receive, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable
thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the
amount of such other or additional stock of the Company which such holder would
hold on the date of such exercise had it been the holder of record of such
Common Stock on the date hereof and had thereafter, during the period from the
date hereof to and including the date of such exercise, retained such shares
and/or all other additional stock receivable by it as aforesaid during such
period, giving effect to all adjustments called for during such period by
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this paragraph 2.

          (b)  ADJUSTMENT FOR RECLASSIFICATION, REORGANIZATION OR MERGER.  In
case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding securities of the
Company or of any reorganization of the Company (or any other corporation the
stock or securities of which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of
this Warrant) on or after the date hereof, or in case, after such


                                        3

<PAGE>

date, the Company (or any such other corporation) shall merge with or into
another corporation or convey all or substantially all of its assets to another
corporation, then and in each such case the holder or this Warrant, upon the
exercise hereof at any time after the consummation of such reclassification,
change, reorganization, merger or conveyance, shall be entitled to receive, in
lieu of the stock or other securities and property receivable upon the exercise
hereof prior to such consummation, the stock or other securities or property to
which such holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if such holder
had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further
adjustment as provided in paragraphs (a) and (c); in each such case, the terms
of this paragraph 2 shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other
securities properly receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such
consummation.

          (c)  STOCK SPLITS AND REVERSE STOCK SPLITS.  If at any time on or
after the date hereof the Company shall subdivide its outstanding shares of
Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price in effect
immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced and the
number of shares receivable upon exercise of the Warrant shall be
proportionately increased; and, conversely, if at any time on or after the date
hereof the outstanding number of shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a
smaller number of shares, the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such
combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of shares
receivable upon exercise of the Warrant shall be proportionately decreased.



     4.   Holder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company, that:



          (a) PURCHASE FOR OWN ACCOUNT.  This Warrant and the Warrant Shares are
being acquired for investment for Holder's own account, not as a nominee or
agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution thereof within
the meaning of the Act, and such Holder has no present intention of selling,
granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same.



          (b)  DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION.  Holder has received or has had full
access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an
informed investment decision with respect to the Warrant.  Holder has had an
opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the
terms and conditions of the Warrant and the Warrant Shares and to obtain
additional information necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder
or to which Holder had access.



          (c)  INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE.  Holder understands that the receipt of
the Warrants and the purchase of the Warrant Shares involves substantial risk.
Holder:  (i) has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the
development stage and acknowledges


                                        4

<PAGE>

that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of such
investment in the Warrants and Warrant Shares and has such knowledge and
experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of this investment in the Warrants and Warrant Shares and
protecting its own interests in connection with this investment and/or (ii) has
a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of
its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that
enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial
circumstances of such persons.



          (d)  RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  Holder understands that the Warrants and
the Warrant Shares are characterized as "restricted securities" under the
Securities Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a
transaction not involving a public offering and that under the Securities Act
and applicable regulations thereunder such securities may be resold without
registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances.  In
this connection, Holder represents that Holder is familiar with Rule 144 of the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as presently in effect, and understands
the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.  Holder
understands that the Company is under no obligation to register any of the
securities sold hereunder except as provided in any written registration rights
agreement between the Company and Holder.  Holder understands that no public
market now exists for the Warrant any of the Warrant Shares and that it is
uncertain whether a public market will ever exist for the Warrant Shares.



          (e)  FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.  Without in any way limiting
the representations set forth above, Holder further agrees not to make any
disposition of the Warrant or all or any portion of the Warrant Shares unless
and until:



               (i)  there is then in effect a registration statement under the
Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made
in accordance with such registration statement; or



               (ii) (A)  Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed
disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the
circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (ii) Holder shall have
furnished the Company, at the expense of Holder or its transferee, with an
opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such
disposition will not require registration of such securities under the
Securities Act.



Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, no such
registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be required:  (1) for any
transfer of any Warrant Shares in


                                        5

<PAGE>

compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (2) for the transfer by gift, will or intestate
succession by Holder to his or her spouse or lineal descendants or ancestors or
any trust for any of the foregoing; PROVIDED that in each of the foregoing cases
the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 4 to
the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder hereunder.



          (f)  LEGENDS.  It is understood that the certificates evidencing the
Warrant Shares will bear the legends set forth below:



               (i)  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE
HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
"ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  NO SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OR
PLEDGE OF THESE SECURITIES MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT RELATING THERETO OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT A PROPOSED DISPOSITION OR PLEDGE IS PERMITTED
UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR A NO ACTION LETTER OR
INTERPRETIVE OPINION OF THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION THAT
SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.



               (ii) Any legend required by the laws of the State of California,
including any legend required by the California Department of Corporations and
Sections 417 and 418 if the California Corporations Code or any other state
securities laws.



The legend set forth in (i) above shall be removed by the Company from any
certificate evidencing Warrant Shares upon delivery to the Company of an opinion
by counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that a registration
statement under the Securities Act is at that time in effect with respect to the
legended security or that such security can be freely transferred in a public
sale without such a registration statement being in effect and that such
transfer will not jeopardize the exemption or exemptions from registration
pursuant to which the Company issued the Warrant Shares.



          (g)  ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS.  Holder  is an "accredited investor"
within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act.

     5.   OTHER ADJUSTMENTS.  Except as provided in paragraph 2, no adjustment
on account of dividends or interest on Common Stock will be made upon the
exercise hereof.


                                        6

<PAGE>

     6.   NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares of Common Stock will be
issued in connection with any subscription hereunder.  In lieu of any fractional
shares which would otherwise be issuable, the Company shall pay cash equal to
the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of
Common Stock on the date of exercise, as determined in good faith by the
Company's Board of Directors.

     7.   NO SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS.  This Warrant shall not entitle its holder to
any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company.

     8.   EXERCISE OF WARRANT.  The holder's ability to exercise this Warrant is
subject to the Company having obtained all necessary governmental approvals
prior to such exercise.  The Company shall use its best efforts to obtain such
consents after the date hereof.  Subject to such approvals, this Warrant may be
exercised by the registered holder or its registered assigns, in minimum
increments of 100,000 shares of Common Stock (or any remaining shares of Common
Stock subject to this Warrant if the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
this Warrant is less than 100,000) by the surrender of this Warrant at the
principal office of the Company, accompanied by payment in full of the Warrant
Price as described above.  A Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised
immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for
exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as
the holder of such Shares of record as of the close of business on such date.
As promptly as practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and
deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same, a certificate or
certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such
exercise, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share as provided
above.

     9.   CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTMENT.  Whenever the Warrant Price is adjusted, as
herein provided, upon written request by the holder, the Company shall deliver
to the record holder of this Warrant a certificate of an officer of the Company
setting forth the Warrant Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief
statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

     10.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF WARRANT.  This Warrant and all rights
hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part.  The terms of this Warrant
shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the holder.



     11.  MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT.  Each holder hereby agrees that it shall
not, to the extent requested by an underwriter of securities of the Company,
sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Shares (other than to donees or
partners of the holder who agree to be similarly bound) for up to one hundred
eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of
the Company filed under the Act; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all officers and
directors of the Company then holding Common Stock of the Company enter into
similar agreements.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company
shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates
representing the Shares and to impose stop transfer instructions with


                                        7

<PAGE>

respect to the Shares (and the shares or securities of every other person
subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

     12.  MISCELLANEOUS.  This Warrant shall be governed by the laws of the
State of California.  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of
convenience and reference only, and shall not be deemed to constitute a part
hereof.  Neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be changed, waived,
discharged or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the
Company and the registered holder hereof.  All notices and other communications
from the Company to the holder of this Warrant shall be mailed by first-class
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the address furnished to the
Company in writing by the last holder of this Warrant who shall have furnished
an address to the Company in writing.

     ISSUED this 13th day of September 1996.

HOLDER                                  RADIUS INC.

IBM Credit Corporation

By:  /s/ Philip N. Morse      By:  /s/ Charles W. Berger
     ----------------------        ----------------------



                                        8

<PAGE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.04





                                     FORM OF

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT



     THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of September 13, 1996 (this
"Agreement"), is made by and between RADIUS INC., a California corporation (the
"Company"), and the person named on the signature page hereto (the "Initial
Investor").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                                             WHEREAS, in connection with each of
the Subscription Agreements, between certain unsecured creditors of the Company
("Creditors") and the Company (the "Subscription Agreements"), the Company has
issued and sold to the Creditors shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, no par
value (the "Common Stock") and certain Common Stock Purchase Rights ("Rights")
in satisfaction of certain claims of such Creditors as set forth in the
Subscription Agreements;

     WHEREAS, the Company has issued to IBM Credit Corporation ("IBM Credit")
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred") and
Warrants ("Warrants") to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock in satisfaction
of certain outstanding indebtedness of the Company to IBM Credit and extension
by IBM Credit of an advance of up to $500,000 as well as the restructuring of
the Company's remaining indebtedness to IBM Credit (such transactions with IBM
Credit are collectively referred to herein as the "Restructuring");

     WHEREAS, the Company has issued or will issue to certain unsecured
creditors ("Key Suppliers") Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 600,000 shares
of Common Stock;

     WHEREAS, to induce (i) the Creditors to execute and deliver the
Subscription Agreements, (ii) IBM Credit to enter into the Restructuring and,
(iii) the Key Suppliers to accept Warrants to ensure favorable credit and supply
terms, the Company has agreed to provide certain registration rights under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, or
any similar successor statute (collectively, the "Securities Act"), and
applicable state securities laws with respect to the Registrable Securities
(defined below);

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Initial
Investor hereby agree as follows:


                                        1

<PAGE>

     1.   DEFINITIONS.

          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:

          (a)  "Demand Securities" means the Warrant Shares and the Dividend
Shares.

          (b)  "Demand Registration" means a registration effected pursuant to
Section 2(b) hereof.

          (c)  "Dividend Shares" means any shares of Common Stock issuable in
lieu of cash dividends paid or to be paid on the Series A Preferred.

          (d)  "Effectiveness Period" means with respect to (i) the Shelf
Registration, a period of 24 consecutive months from the effective date of the
Registration Statement relating to the Initial Registration and (ii) any Demand
Registration, a period of 90 consecutive days from the effective date of the
Demand Registration and excluding any period of time in which the Effectiveness
Period may be suspended pursuant to the provisions of clauses (i)-(iv) of
Section 3(a).

          (e)  "Form S-3" means such form under the Securities Act as is in
effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the
Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or
incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed
by the Company with the SEC.

          (f)  "Holdover Securities" means Registrable Securities which are held
by an Investor after the end of the Effectiveness Period for the Shelf
Registration and which Investor also holds Demand Securities.

          (g)  "Initial Registration" means a registration effected pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof.

          (h)  "Investor" means the Initial Investor and any transferee or
assignee who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement in
accordance with Section 9 hereof.

          (i)  "register," "registered" and "registration" refer to a
registration effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement or
Statements in compliance with the Securities Act and, to the extent required
hereunder, pursuant to Rule 415, and the declaration or ordering of
effectiveness of such Registration Statement by the SEC.

          (j)  "Registrable Securities" means the Shares, the Warrant Shares,
the Dividend Shares, the Rights Shares, the Series A Shares, the Series A
Preferred and the Warrants.

          (k)  "Registration Statement" means a registration statement of the
Company under the Securities Act with respect to the Shelf Registration or the
Demand Registration, as the case may be.


                                        2

<PAGE>

          (l)  "Registration Termination Date" means the date on which the
Company's obligation to register or maintain any registration with respect to
any Registrable Securities terminates as provided in Section 11 hereof.

          (m)  "Rights Shares" means shares of Common Stock issued or issuable
pursuant to the Rights issued to the Creditors pursuant to the Subscription
Agreements.

          (n)  "Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule
may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter
adopted by the SEC.

          (o)  "Rule 415" means Rule 415 under the Securities Act, as such Rule
may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter
adopted by the SEC.

          (p)  "SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

          (q)  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          (r)  "Series A Shares" means shares of Common Stock issued or issuable
upon conversion of the Series A Preferred.

          (s)  "Shelf Registration" means the Initial Registration and any
Subsequent Registration.

          (t)  "Subsequent Registration" has the meaning specified in Section 2
hereof.

          (u)  "Target Effective Date" means 60 days after the issuance of the
Shares.

          (v)  "Target Filing Date" means 10 days after the issuance of the
Shares.

          (w)  "Underwritten Offering" means an underwritten public offering on
a firm commitment basis.

          (x)  "Warrant Shares" means shares of Common Stock issued or issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants issued to IBM Credit and the Key Suppliers.

     2.   REGISTRATION.

          (A)  INITIAL REGISTRATION.

               (i)  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a
Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant
to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities.  The Initial
Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting
registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by such holders in the
manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more
underwritten offerings).  Such filing shall be made on or before the Target
Filing Date.  The Company shall use its best efforts to have such Initial
Registration declared effective on or before the Target Effective Date and to
keep the Initial Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act


                                        3


<PAGE>

until the earlier to occur of the date that is 24 months from the effectiveness
date of the Initial Registration (the "Initial Effectiveness Period") or the
Registration Termination Date.

               (ii)  If the Initial Registration or a Subsequent Registration
ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness
Period (other than because of the occurrence of the Registration Termination
Date with respect to the Registrable Securities covered thereby), the Company
shall use its best efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order
suspending the effectiveness thereof, and in any event shall within 30 days of
such cessation of effectiveness file an amendment to the Initial Registration in
a manner reasonably expected to obtain the withdrawal of the order suspending
the effectiveness thereof, or file an additional "shelf" Registration Statement
pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities (a "SUBSEQUENT
REGISTRATION").  If a Subsequent Registration is filed, the Company shall use
its best efforts to cause the Subsequent Registration to be declared effective
as soon as practicable after such filing and to keep such Registration Statement
continuously effective until the earlier to occur of the end of the
Effectiveness Period or the Registration Termination Date.

               (iii) The Company shall supplement and amend the Shelf
Registration if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to
the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration, if
required by the Securities Act.

          (B)  DEMAND REGISTRATION.

               (i)   If the Company shall receive at any time after the end of
the Effectiveness Period for the Shelf Registration, a written request from the
Investors of at least thirty-three percent (33%) of the Demand Securities then
outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities
Act covering the registration of the Demand Securities pursuant to this Section
2(b), then the Company shall, within ten (10) business days of the receipt of
such written request, give written notice of such request ("REQUEST NOTICE") to
all Investors, and file within thirty (30) days and use its best efforts to
cause such Registration Statement to become effective within an additional
thirty (30) days, the Registration Statement covering all Demand Securities
which Investors request to be registered and included in such registration by
written notice given such Investors to the Company within twenty (20) days after
receipt of the Request Notice; PROVIDED that the Registrable Securities
requested by all Investors to be registered pursuant to such request must be at
least thirty-three percent (33%) of all Demand Securities then outstanding;
provided further, that in the event the proposed offering described in the
Request Notice is an Underwritten Offering, then additional Holdover Securities
(other than Warrants and Series A Preferred) held by Investors may be included
in the registration described in the Request Notice, subject to compliance with
subsection (ii) below.



               (ii)  If the Investors initiating the registration request under
this Section 2(b) ("INITIATING INVESTORS") intend to distribute the Demand
Securities covered by their request by means of an Underwritten Offering, then
they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to
this Section 2(b) and the Company shall include such information in the Request
Notice referred to in subsection (i) of this Section 2(b).  In such event, the
right of any Investor to include his Demand Securities and, if applicable,
Holdover Securities in such


                                        4

<PAGE>

registration shall be conditioned upon such Investor's participation in such
Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Investor's Demand Securities in
the Underwritten Offering (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in
interest of the Initiating Investors and such Investor) to the extent provided
herein.  All Investors proposing to distribute their securities through such
Underwritten Offering shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary
form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such
Underwritten Offering by the Company.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Section 2(b), if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company in writing that
marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be
underwritten then the Company shall so advise all Investors owning Demand
Securities and, if applicable, Holdover Securities, which would otherwise be
registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Demand Securities
and, if applicable, Holdover Securities, that may be included in the
Underwritten Offering shall be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and
allocated among the Investors owning Demand Securities and, if applicable,
Holdover Securities, on a pro rata basis according to the number of Demand
Securities and, if applicable, Holdover Securities, then outstanding held by
each Investor requesting registration (including the Initiating Investors).



               (iii) MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DEMAND REGISTRATIONS.  The Company is
obligated to effect only two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section
2(b) in any calendar year.



               (iv)  DEFERRAL.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company
shall furnish to Investors requesting a Demand Registration, a certificate
signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that
in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be
seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration
statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such
registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such
filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt
of the request of the Initiating Investors; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company
may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

               (v)   FORM S-3 REGISTRATION.  In lieu of the Company's obligation
to effect Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section 2(b), the Company may,
at its election, at any time after the Effectiveness Period of the Shelf
Registration, prepare, file and cause to be effective a Registration Statement
on Form S-3, and subject to the provisions of Section 3(a), keep such
Registration Statement effective pursuant to Rule 415 until the Registration
Termination Date.  Upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement on Form
S-3, the Investors shall no longer be permitted to effect a Demand Registration.

     3.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY.  In connection with the registration of
the Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall:


                                        5

<PAGE>



          (a)  prepare promptly and file with the SEC promptly (but in no event
later than as is set forth in Section 2 hereof) a Registration Statement with
respect to all Registrable Securities to be included therein, and thereafter use
its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective as soon
as reasonably possible after such filing, and keep the Registration Statement
effective pursuant to Rule 415 (except in the case of an underwritten offering,
for which Rule 415 will not be used) at all times during the Effectiveness
Period or until the Registration Termination Date, whichever occurs first, which
Registration Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto and
prospectuses contained therein) shall not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or
necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which
they were made, not misleading PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each Investor shall have
complied with its obligations under Section 4 with respect to the Registrable
Securities of such Investor to be included in the Registration Statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) any request is made by the
SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority during the
Effectiveness Period for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement
or related prospectus, (ii) any event occurs that makes any statement made in
such Registration Statement or related prospectus or any document incorporated
or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect
or which requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or
prospectus so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of
the prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading, (iii) during the Effective Period for the Shelf
Registration, the Company becomes eligible to utilize From S-3 (in which case,
the Company shall be permitted to terminate the effectiveness of the Initial
Registration and file a Registration Statement on Form S-3 and use its best
efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective within thirty
(30) days with respect to the Registrable Securities), or (iv) in the judgment
of the Company, it is advisable to suspend use of the prospectus included in
such Registration Statement for a discrete period of time due to pending
corporate developments (including the pending automatic conversion of the Series
A Shares referred to in Section 7.2(a) of Article III of the Company's Articles
of Incorporation, as amended, in which case such discrete period shall be one
day), public filings with the SEC or similar events, then the Company shall
deliver a certificate in writing to the Investors whose Registrable Securities
are included in the Registration Statement to the effect of the foregoing and,
upon receipt of such certificate, the use of the Registration Statement and
prospectus will be deferred or suspended and will not recommence until such
Investor's receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus, or until
such Investors are advised in writing by the Company that the prospectus may be
used, and until such Investors have received copies of any additional or
supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference
in such prospectus.  The Company will use its best efforts to ensure that the
use of the Registration Statement and prospectus may be resumed, as soon as
practicable and, in the case of a pending development, filing or event referred
to in (iv) above, as soon, in the judgment of the Company, as disclosure of the
material information relating to such pending development, filing or event would
not have a materially adverse effect on the Company's ability to consummate the
transaction, if any, to which such development, filing or event relates.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, the
period during which the Company shall be required to maintain the effectiveness
of a


                                        6

<PAGE>

Registration Statement with respect to a Demand Registration shall be extended
by 1 day for each full or partial day during which the use of such Registration
Statement or prospectus is deferred or suspended by the Company in accordance
with this Section 2(b);

          (b)  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments (including post-
effective amendments) and supplements to the Registration Statement and the
prospectus used in connection with the Registration Statement as may be
necessary to keep the Shelf Registration or Demand Registration effective at all
times until the end of the Effectiveness Period or the Registration Termination
Date, whichever occurs first, and, during such period, comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all
Registrable Securities of the Company covered by the Registration Statement
until such time as all of such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in
accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers
thereof as set forth in the Registration Statement;

          (c)  furnish to each Investor whose Registrable Securities are
included in the Registration Statement, such number of copies of a prospectus,
including a preliminary prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto
and such other documents, as such Investor may reasonably request in order to
facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Investor;

          (d)  use reasonable efforts to (i) register and qualify the
Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration or Demand Registration
under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the
Investors who hold a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities or
Demand Securities, as applicable, being offered reasonably request, (ii) prepare
and file in those jurisdictions such amendments (including post-effective
amendments) and supplements, (iii) take such other actions as may be necessary
to maintain such registrations and qualifications in effect at all times until
the end of the Effectiveness Period or the Registration Termination Date,
whichever occurs first, and (iv) take all other actions reasonably necessary or
advisable to qualify the Registrable Securities or Demand Securities, as
applicable, for sale in such jurisdictions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company
shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to (I)
quality to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be
required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (II) subject itself to general
taxation in any such jurisdiction, (III) file a general consent to service of
process in any such jurisdiction, (IV) provide any undertakings that cause more
than nominal expense or burden to the Company or (V) make any change in its
charter or by-laws;

          (e)  as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event,
notify each Investor of the happening of any event of which the Company has
knowledge, as a result of which the prospectus included in the Shelf
Registration or Demand Registration, as then in effect, includes an untrue
statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and use its best
efforts promptly to prepare a supplement or amendment to the Registration
Statement to correct such untrue statement or omission, and deliver a number of
copies of such supplement or amendment to each Investor as such Investor may
reasonably request;


                                        7

<PAGE>

          (f)  as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event,
notify each Investor who holds Registrable Securities being sold (or, in the
event of an Underwritten Offering, the managing underwriters) of the issuance by
the SEC (or any state agency) of any stop order or other suspension of
effectiveness of any Registration Statement (or state qualification) at the
earliest possible time;

          (g)  permit a single firm of counsel designated as selling
shareholders' counsel by the Investors to review a Registration Statement and
all amendments and supplements thereto a reasonable period of time prior to
their filing with the SEC, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, any such objection to the filing
of any Registration Statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus or
supplement thereto shall be made by written notice (the "Objection Notice")
delivered to the Company no later than three (3) Business Days after the party
or parties asserting such objection receives draft copies of the documents that
the Company proposes to file.  The Objection Notice shall set forth the
objections and the specific areas in the draft documents where such objections
arise, and shall not file any document in a form to which such counsel
reasonably objects, PROVIDED that the Company shall be permitted to take such
actions that are required to comply with applicable law;

          (h)  make generally available to its security holders as soon as
practical, but not later than ninety (90) days after the close of the period
covered thereby, an earnings statement (in form complying with the provisions of
Rule 158 under the Securities Act) covering a twelve-month period beginning not
later than the first day of the Company's fiscal quarter next following the
effective date of any Registration Statement and any post effective amendment
thereto;

          (i)  make available for inspection by any Investor, any underwriter
participating to any Underwritten Offering, and any attorney, accountant or
other agent retained by any such Investor or underwriter (collectively, the
"Inspectors"), all pertinent documents of the Company (collectively, the
"Records"), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable each Inspector to
exercise its due diligence responsibility, if and to the extent it has any such
responsibility under the Securities Act, and cause the Company's officers,
directors and employees to supply all information which any Inspector may
reasonably request for purposes of such due diligence; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
each Inspector shall hold in confidence and shall not make any disclosure
(except to an Investor) of any Record or other non-public information relating
to the Company received by such Inspector unless (i) the disclosure of such
Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in any
Registration Statement, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to
a subpoena or other order from a court or government body of competent
jurisdiction or (iii) the information in such Records has been made generally
available to the public other than by disclosure in violation of this or any
other agreement; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in the event any Investor
obtains material nonpublic information concerning the Company pursuant to this
Section 3(i) or Section 3(a) or 3(e) or otherwise, such Investor shall not
purchase or sell or otherwise trade in any securities of the Company in
violation of applicable law until such information is made public by the
Company.  The Company shall not be required to disclose any confidential
information in such Records to any Inspector until and unless such Inspector
shall have entered into confidentiality agreements (in form and substance
satisfactory to the Company) with the Company with respect thereto,
substantially in the form of this Section 3(i).  Each Investor agrees that it
shall, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in or by a court
or governmental body of


                                        8

<PAGE>

competent jurisdiction, given prompt notice to the Company and allow the
Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure
of, or to obtain a protective order for, the Records deemed confidential;

          (j)  use its best efforts either to (i) cause all the Registrable
Securities covered by any Registration Statement to be listed on a national
securities exchange, if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then
permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) secure the quotation of the
Registrable Securities on the Nasdaq National Market if such quotation is then
permitted under the rules of the Nasdaq;

          (k)  provide a transfer agent and registrar, which may be a single
entity, for the Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of any
Registration Statement;

          (l)  cooperate with the Investors who hold Registrable Securities
being sold and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate
the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive
legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf
Registration or Demand Registration, as the case may be, and enable such
certificates to be in such denominations or amounts as the case may be, and
registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or
the Investors may reasonable request; and

          (m)  take all other reasonable actions necessary to expedite and
facilitate disposition by the Investor of the Registrable Securities pursuant to
the Registration Statement.

     4.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE INVESTORS.  In connection with the registration of
the Registrable Securities, the Investors shall have the following obligations:

          (a)  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the
Company to take any action pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any
Investor that such Investor shall furnish to the Company such information
regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method
of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by it as shall be reasonably
required to the effect the registration of the Registrable Securities and shall
execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may
reasonably request.  At least fifteen (15) days prior to the first anticipated
filing date of the Shelf Registration or the Demand Registration, as the case
may be, the Company shall notify each Investor of the information the Company
requires from each such Investor (the "REQUESTED INFORMATION") if such Investor
elects to have any of such Investor's Registrable Securities included in the
Registration Statement.  If within five (5) business days prior to the filing
date the Company has not received the Requested Information from an Investor (a
"NON-RESPONSIVE INVESTOR"), then the Company may file the Shelf Registration or
the Demand Registration, as the case may be, without including Registrable
Securities of such Non-Responsive Investor;

          (b)  Each Investor by such Investor's acceptance of the Registrable
Securities agrees to cooperate with the Company as reasonably requested by the
Company in connection with the preparation and filing of any Registration
Statement hereunder, unless such Investor has notified the Company in writing of
such Investor's election to exclude all of such Investor's Registrable
Securities from the Registration Statement;


                                        9

<PAGE>

          (c)  Each Investor agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the
Company of the happening of any event of any kind described in Section 3(e) or
3(f), such Investor will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable
Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable
Securities until such Investor's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or
amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(e) or 3(f) and, if so directed by
the Company, such Investor shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the
Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of destruction)
all copies in such Investor's possession, of the prospectus covering such
Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice;

          (d)  No Investor may participate in any Underwritten Offering
hereunder unless such Investor (i) agrees to sell such Investor's Registrable
Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by
the Investors entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements, (ii) completes
and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting
agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements and (iii) agrees to pay its pro rata share of all
underwriting discounts and commissions and other fees and expenses of investment
bankers and any manager or managers of such underwriting and legal expenses of
the underwriters applicable with respect to its Registrable Securities, in each
case to the extent not payable by the Company pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement;

          (e)  No Investor shall include the Investor's Registrable Securities
in any Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration unless the
Investor has at such time a current intent to sell such Registrable Securities,
and by including such Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement, the
Investor will be deemed to represent to the Company that the Investor has such
intent.  Any sale of any Registrable Securities by any Investor under any
Registration Statement will constitute a representation and warranty by such
Investor that the information relating to such Investor and its plan of
distribution is as set forth in the prospectus prepared by the Company and
furnished to such Investor for use in connection with such disposition, and such
prospectus does not as of the time of such sale contain any untrue statement of
a material fact relating to such Investor or its plan of distribution and that
such prospectus does not as of the time of such sale omit to state any material
fact relating to such Investor or its plan of distribution necessary to make the
statements in such Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading;

          (f)  Each Investor agrees that, in disposing of any Registrable
Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Investor will cause the
disposition to be made in accordance with the terms of the Registration
Statement, including the plan of distribution described therein, and will comply
with all applicable securities laws, including Rules 10b-2, 10b-5, 10b-6 and
10b-7 promulgated under the Exchange Act.  Each Investor agrees that in selling
any Registrable Securities under any Registration Statement, the Investor will
deliver the current prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, as
amended and supplemented, to all persons as required by the Securities Act and
the regulations thereunder and will comply with any applicable "blue sky" laws
and regulations in connection with the disposition of such shares.

          (g)  Each Investor hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent
requested by an underwriter of securities of the Company, sell or otherwise
transfer or dispose of any Registrable


                                       10

<PAGE>

Securities or other securities of the Company then owned by such Investor (other
than to donees or affiliates of the Investor who agree to be similarly bound)
for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a
registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding
Common Stock of the Company enter into similar agreements.  In order to enforce
the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive
legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section and
to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities
and such other shares of stock of each Investor (and the shares or securities of
every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such
period.

     5.   EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION.  All expenses, other than underwriting
discounts and commissions and brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses
of investment bankers, incurred in connection with registrations, filings or
qualifications pursuant to Sections 2 and 3, including, without limitation, all
registration, listing and qualifications fees, printers and accounting fees and
the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and counsel for the
Investors as provided in Section 3(g), shall be borne by the Company; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Investors shall bear the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of
their legal counsel, if any, selected by the Investors pursuant to Subsection
(ii) of Section 2(b) hereof in the case of an Underwritten Offering.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any
expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 2(b) if
the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the
Investors of a majority of the Demand Securities to be registered, unless the
Investors of a majority of the Demand Securities then outstanding agree to
forfeit their right to one (1) demand registration pursuant to this Section 2(b)
(in which case such right shall be forfeited by all Investors holding Demand
Securities).

     6.   INDEMNIFICATION.  In the event any Registrable Securities are included
in a Registration Statement under this Agreement:

          (a)  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and
hold harmless each Investor who holds such Registrable Securities, the
directors, if any, of such Investor, the officers, if any, of such Investor,
each person, if any, who controls any Investor within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and, in the case of a Demand Registration,
if the Registration Statement is for an underwritten offering, any underwriter
(as defined in the Securities Act) for the Investors, the directors, if any, of
such underwriter and the officers, if any, of such underwriter, and each person,
if any, who controls any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act (each, an "Indemnified Person"), against any losses,
claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (joint or several) (collectively,
"Claims") to which any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Claims (or actions or proceedings,
whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based
upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations in any
Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereof, or any
prospectus included therein:  (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment thereof or the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or


                                       11

<PAGE>

necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
preliminary prospectus if used prior to the effective date of such Registration
Statement, or contained in the final prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if
the Company files any amendment thereof or supplement thereto with the SEC) or
the omission or alleged omission to state therein any material fact necessary to
make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which the
statements therein were made, not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged
violation by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities law or any
rule or regulation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any
state securities law (the matters in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii)
being, collectively, "Violations").  Subject to the restrictions set forth in
Section 6(d) with respect to the number of legal counsel, the Company shall
reimburse the Indemnified Persons, promptly as such expense are incurred and are
due and payable, for any legal fees or other reasonable expenses incurred by
them in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the indemnification
agreement contained in this Section 6(a):  (I) shall not apply to a Claim
arising out of or based upon (A) a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and
in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by any
Indemnified Person or underwriter for such Indemnified Person (to the extent
such information was provided by or on behalf of such Indemnified
Person)expressly for use in connection with the preparation of the Registration
Statement or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto, if such
prospectus was timely made available by the Company pursuant to Section 3(c)
hereof or (B) any violation by an Investor of the Investor's obligations under
this Agreement; (II) with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure
to the benefit of any such person from whom the person asserting any such Claim
purchased the Registrable Securities that are the subject thereof (or to the
benefit of any person controlling such person) if the untrue statement or
omission of material fact contained in the preliminary prospectus was corrected
in the prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, if such prospectus was
timely made available by the Company pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof; and (III)
shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any claim if such settlement is
effected without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such claim is settled
without the consent of the Company and such claim is subsequently reduced to a
final, non appealable judgment or settlement which is adverse to the Company,
then the provisions of this clause III shall be of no effect.  Such indemnity
shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or
on behalf of the Indemnified Person and shall survive the transfer of the
Registrable Securities by the Investors pursuant to Section 9.

          (b)  In connection with any Registration Statement in which an
Investor is participating, each such Investor agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless, to the same extent and in the same manner set forth in Section 6(a),
the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs the
Registration Statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the
meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any other shareholder and, in
the case of a Demand Registration, any underwriter selling securities pursuant
to the Registration Statement or any of its directors or officers or any person
who controls such shareholder or underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively and together with an
Indemnified Person, an "Indemnified Party"), against any Claim to which any of
them may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or
otherwise, insofar as such Claim arises out of or is based upon (i) any
Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to


                                       12

<PAGE>

the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by such Investor expressly for use
in connection with such Registration Statement; and such Investor will reimburse
any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with
investigating or defending any such Claim or (ii) any violation by any Investor
of such Investor's obligations under this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(b) shall not apply to amounts
paid in settlement of any Claim if such settlement is effected without the prior
written consent of such Investor, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of
any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party and shall
survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities  by the Investors pursuant to
Section 9.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the
indemnification agreement contained in this Section 6(b) with respect to any
preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Party
if the untrue statement or omission of material fact contained in the
preliminary prospectus was corrected on a timely basis in the prospectus, as
then amended or supplemented.

          (c)  The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from
underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry
professionals participating in any distribution, to the same extent as provided
above, with respect to information such persons so furnished in writing by such
persons expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement.

          (d)  Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person or Indemnified
Party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action
(including any governmental action), such Indemnified Person or Indemnified
Party shall, if a Claim in respect thereof is to be made against any
indemnifying party under this Section 6, deliver to the indemnifying party a
written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have
the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so
desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume
control of the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the
indemnifying parties; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that an Indemnified Person or
Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the
reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if, in the
reasonable opinion of counsel retained by the indemnifying party, the
representation by such counsel of the Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party
and the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential
conflicts of interests between such Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party and
any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding.  The Company
shall pay for only one separate legal counsel for the Indemnified Persons; such
legal counsel shall be selected by the Investors holding a majority in interest
of the Registrable Securities and shall be approved by the Company, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld.  The failure to deliver written notice
to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any
such action shall not relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the
Indemnified Person or Indemnified Party under this Section 6, except to the
extent that the indemnifying party is prejudiced in its ability to defend such
action.  The indemnification required by this Section 6 shall be made by
periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation
or defense, as such expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred and is due
and payable.

     7.   CONTRIBUTION.  To the extent any indemnification by an indemnifying
party is prohibited or limited by law, the indemnifying party agrees to make the
maximum contribution


                                       13


<PAGE>

with respect to any amounts for which it would otherwise be liable under Section
6 to the fullest extent permitted by law; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) no
contribution shall be made under circumstances where the maker would not have
been liable for indemnification under the fault standards set forth in Section
6, (b) no seller of Registrable Securities guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any seller of Registrable Securities who
was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation and (c) contribution by any
seller of Registrable Securities shall be limited in amount to the net amount of
proceeds received by such seller from the sale of such Registrable Securities.

     8.   REPORTS UNDER EXCHANGE ACT.  With a view to making available to the
Investors the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any
other similar rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit the
Investors to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration
("Rule 144"), the Company agrees to:

          (a)  make and keep public information available, as those terms are
understood and defined in Rule 144;

          (b)  file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other
documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act;
and

          (c)  furnish to each Investor so long as such Investor owns
Registrable Securities, promptly upon request, (i) a written statement by the
Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or
quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by
the Company and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to
permit the Investors to sell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 without
registration.

     9.   ASSIGNMENT OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  The rights to have the Company
register Registrable Securities other than Rights Shares pursuant to this
Agreement shall be automatically assigned by the Investors to transferees or
assignees of all of any portion of such securities only if:  (a) the Investor
agrees in writing with the transferee or assignee to assign such rights, and a
copy of such agreement is furnished to the Company within a reasonable time
after such assignment, (b) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such
transfer or assignment, furnished with written notice of (i) the name and
address of such transferee or assignee and (ii) the securities with respect to
which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned, (c)
immediately following such transfer or assignment the further disposition of
such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities
Act and applicable state securities laws, and (d) at or before the time the
Company received the written notice contemplated by clause (b) of this sentence
the transferee or assignee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all
of the provisions contained herein and (e) the transfer or assignment is made in
compliance with the transfer restrictions in any Subscription Agreement, Rights
Agreement, Warrant Agreement, or Series A Preferred Purchase Agreement, as
applicable.


                                       14

<PAGE>

     10.  AMENDMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Any provision of this Agreement may
be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a
particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the
written consent of the Company and Investors who hold a majority in interest of
the Registrable Securities with each share of Series A Preferred and each Series
A Share being treated as one security and each Warrant and each Warrant Share
being treated as one security.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance
with this Section 10 shall be binding upon each Investor and the Company.

     11.  TERM.  The term of this Agreement and the obligations of the parties
hereunder (other than their obligations under Sections 5, 6 and 7, which will
continue) will end (the "Registration Termination Date") (i) with respect to
Registrable Securities other than Demand Shares or Holdover Securities, on the
earlier to occur of (A) the sale of the Registrable Securities, or (B) at the
end of the Effectiveness Period for the Shelf Registration, and (ii) with
respect to the Demand Shares and Holdover Securities, on the earlier to occur of
(A) the sale of the Demand Securities and Holdover Securities, or (B) 24 months
from the date of issuance of such securities.  In no event will the Company be
required to register hereunder or maintain any registration hereunder of any
Registrable Securities that are then eligible for resale under Rule 144.

     12.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  A person or entity is deemed to be a holder of Registrable
Securities whenever such person or entity owns of record such Registrable
Securities.  If the Company receives conflicting instructions, notices or
elections from two or more persons or entities with respect to the same
Registrable Securities, the Company shall act upon the basis of instructions,
notice or election received from the registered owner of such Registrable
Securities.

          (b)  Notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to be sufficiently given when personally delivered
(by hand, by courier or overnight delivery service, by telephone, facsimile
transmission or other means) or sent by certified mail, return receipt
requested, properly addressed and with proper postage prepaid (i) if to the
Company, at Radius Inc., 215 Moffett Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089,
Attention:  President, (ii) if to the Initial Investor, at the address set forth
under its name in the Subscription Agreement and (iii) if to any other Investor,
at such address as such Investor shall have provided in writing to the Company,
or at such other address as each such party furnishes by notice given in
accordance with this Section 12(b), and shall be effective, when personally
delivered, upon receipt and, when so sent by certified mail, four days after
deposit with the United States Postal Service.

          (c)  Failure of any party to exercise any right or remedy under this
Agreement or otherwise, or delay by a party in exercising such right or remedy,
shall not operate as a wavier thereof.

          (d)  This Agreement shall be enforced, governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements
made and to be performed entirely within such State.  In the event that any
provision of this Agreement is invalid


                                       15

<PAGE>

or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such
provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict
therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of
law.  Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any
law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
hereof.

          (e)  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties
hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.  There are no restrictions,
promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to
herein.  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

          (f)  Subject to the requirements of Section 9 hereof, this Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of
each of the parties hereto.

          (g)  All pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine,
feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the context may require.

          (h)  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference
only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

          (i)  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and
the same agreement.  This Agreement, once executed by a party, may be delivered
to the other party hereto by telephone line facsimile transmission of a copy of
this Agreement bearing the signature of the party so delivering this Agreement.


                                       16

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day
and year first above written.

                                        RADIUS INC.

                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                                -------------------------------
                                           Title:
                                                 ------------------------------


                                        INITIAL INVESTOR:

                                        Name:
                                             ----------------------------------




                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                                -------------------------------
                                           Title:
                                                 ------------------------------


                                        Permanent Address:

                                        ---------------------------------------

                                        ---------------------------------------

                                        ---------------------------------------

                                        Taxpayer Identification Number

                                        (required by transfer agent):


                                       17

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.07



                                     FORM OF

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

     THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of the date of acceptance set forth
below, by and between RADIUS INC., a California corporation, with headquarters
located at 215 Moffett Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089 (the "COMPANY"),
and the undersigned (the "BUYER").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Buyer maintains that the Company is delinquent to Buyer in
certain accounts or other claims in the amount of $________ (the "Obligation")
which Obligation represents all amounts owed to Buyer for whatever reason by the
Company other than current trade payables of $________ as specified in a
schedule attached to this Agreement ("Buyer's Schedule of Current Accounts");

     WHEREAS, as a result of the Company's current financial condition, the
Company is unable to repay the Obligation along with approximately $45 million
of claims of other unsecured creditors of the Company;

     WHEREAS, the Company, its secured creditor and an unofficial committee of
its largest unsecured creditors have proposed a plan pursuant to which unsecured
creditors will release their claims against the Company in exchange for a number
of shares of the Company's Common Stock, no par value ("Common Stock"), equal to
60% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock;

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Buyer are executing and delivering this
Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded
by Rule 506 under Regulation D ("REGULATION D") as promulgated by the United
States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "1933 ACT");

     WHEREAS, the Buyer wishes to subscribe for and purchase shares of Common
Stock in full satisfaction of the Obligation and the release the Company from
any and all liability relating to the Obligation upon the terms and subject to
the conditions of this Agreement, subject to acceptance of this Agreement by the
Company;


                                        1

<PAGE>



     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

     1.   AGREEMENT TO SUBSCRIBE; PURCHASE PRICE.

     A.   SUBSCRIPTION.  Buyer hereby subscribes for and agrees to purchase
the number of shares of Common Stock set forth on the signature page of this
Agreement (the "Shares") in full satisfaction of the Obligation.  Subscriber
understands that the number of shares of Common Stock to be received will
represent its pro rata share of the 60% of the outstanding shares of the
Company's Common Stock to be issued to the Company's unsecured creditors as of
the Closing Date (defined below).

     B.   RELEASE.  Buyer accepts the Common Stock as full satisfaction of the
Obligation, and upon receipt of the Common Stock and an executed Registration
Rights Agreement, Buyer forever fully releases and discharges the Company, its
predecessors, successors, subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, attorneys,
employees, lenders, creditors , shareholders and assigns ("Releasees") from any
and all causes of action, claims, suits, demands or other obligations or
liabilities (except those set forth in the attached Buyer's Schedule of Current
Accounts, if any), whether known or unknown, that Buyer ever had, now has, or
may in the future have, that may be alleged to arise out of or in connection
with the Obligation or its satisfaction ("Claims").  Buyer also agrees not to
sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted or in any way participate
in legal or administrative proceedings against the Releasees with respect to the
Claims  (except at the reasonable request of the Company).  This release extends
to all claims of every nature and kind, known or unknown, suspected or
unsuspected, past, present, or future, arising from or related to the Obligation
or its satisfaction, and any and all rights granted to us under Section 1542 of
the California Civil Code or any analogous state law or federal law or
regulation hereby expressly waived.  Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State
of California states:  A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE
CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING
THE RELEASE, WHICH IS KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT
WITH THE DEBTOR.

     Buyer understands that other creditors and the Company will rely on its
agreement to accept the Common Stock in full satisfaction of the Obligation and
in consideration of the release described above.  The adequacy of this
consideration is acknowledged and will never be challenged.

     2.   BUYER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, ETC.; ACCESS TO INFORMATION;
INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION.

     The Buyer represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the
Company as follows:

     a.   The Buyer is purchasing the Shares for its own account for investment
only and not with a view towards the public sale or distribution thereof;


                                        2

<PAGE>

     b.   The Buyer is an "Accredited Investor" as that term is defined in Rule
501 of the General Rules and Regulations under the 1933 Act by reason of Rule
501(a)(3) and is experienced and knowledgeable in investing in equity and other
securities;

     c.   All subsequent offers and sales of the Shares by the Buyer shall be
made pursuant to registration under the 1933 Act and qualification under the
applicable state securities laws or pursuant to an exemptions from registration
and qualification;

     d.   The Buyer understands that the Shares are being offered and sold to it
in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration and qualification
requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the
Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and the Buyer's compliance
with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and
understandings of the Buyer set forth herein in order to determine the
availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Buyer to acquire the
Shares;

     e.   The Buyer and its advisors, if any, have been furnished with all
materials relating to the business, finances and operations of the Company and
materials relating to the offer and sale of the Shares which have been requested
by the Buyer.  The Buyer and its advisors, if any, have been afforded the
opportunity to ask questions of the Company and have received complete and
satisfactory answers to any such inquiries.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the Buyer has had the opportunity to obtain and to review the
Company's Preliminary Confidential Private Placement Memorandum dated August 9,
1996 relating to the offering of the Shares (the "MEMORANDUM") and the exhibits
to the Memorandum.  The Buyer acknowledges that the Company may sell securities
pursuant to the Memorandum or otherwise that are similar to or different than
the securities referred to in the Memorandum, and on terms that are similar to
or different than those set forth in the Memorandum and those of this Agreement.
The Buyer understands that its investment in the Shares involves a high degree
of risk;

     f.   The Buyer understands that no United States federal or state agency or
any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any
recommendation or endorsement of the Shares; and

g.Each of this Agreement and the Release has been duly and validly authorized,
executed and delivered on behalf of the Buyer and is a valid and binding
agreement of the Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to
enforceability to general principles of equity and to bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally.

     3.   COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS, ETC.

     The Company represents and warrants to the Buyer that:

     A.   CONCERNING THE SHARES.  The Shares, when issued, delivered and paid
for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly authorized and
issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not subject the holder thereof to
personal liability by reason of being such holder.  There are no preemptive
rights of any shareholder of the Company, as such, to acquire the Shares.


                                        3

<PAGE>

     B.   SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.  This Agreement has been duly and validly
authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and is a valid and
binding agreement of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms,
subject as to enforceability to general principles of equity and to bankruptcy,
insolvency, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally.

     C.   NON-CONTRAVENTION.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by
the Company and the consummation by the Company of the issuance of the Shares
and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not and will not
conflict with or result in a breach by the Company of any of the terms or
provisions of, or constitute a default under, the articles of incorporation or
by-laws of the Company, or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other
material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it
or any of its properties or assets are bound, or any existing applicable law,
rule or regulation or any applicable decree, judgment or order of any court,
United States federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties
or assets.

     D.   APPROVALS.  The Company is not aware of any authorization, approval or
consent of any governmental body which is required to be obtained by the Company
(other than the approval of the Company's shareholders of an amendment to the
Company's Articles of Incorporation to approve an increase in the authorized
number of shares of Common Stock of the Company) for the issuance and sale of
the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement.

     4.   CERTAIN COVENANTS AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

     A.   TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.  The Buyer acknowledges that (1) the Shares to
be issued to it hereunder have not been and are not being registered under the
provisions of the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws
(except to the extent provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement referred
to in Section 4(c) of this Agreement), and may not be transferred unless and
until (A) such transfer is registered under the 1933 Act and qualified under
applicable state securities laws or (B) the Buyer shall have delivered to the
Company an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form, scope and
substance to the Company, to the effect that the Shares may be sold or
transferred pursuant to exemptions from such registration and qualification;
(2) any sale of the Shares made in reliance on Rule 144 promulgated under the
1933 Act may be made only in accordance with the terms of Rule 144 and further,
if Rule 144 is not applicable, any resale of such Shares under circumstances in
which the seller, or the person through whom the sale is made, may be deemed to
be an underwriter, as that term is used in the 1933 Act, may require compliance
with some other exemption under the 1993 Act or the rules and regulations of the
SEC thereunder; and (3) neither the Company nor any other person is under any
obligations to register the Shares under the 1933 Act or qualify them under
state securities laws (other than pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement
referred to in Section 4(c) of this Agreement) or to comply with the terms and
conditions of any exemption under the 1933 Act or applicable state securities
laws.

     B.   RESTRICTIVE LEGEND.  The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, except
during such time as the Shares are registered under the 1933 Act and qualified
under applicable state securities laws as provided in the Registration Rights
Agreement referred to in Section 4(c) of


                                        4

<PAGE>

this Agreement, or after the Shares have been sold pursuant to such registration
and qualification or pursuant to exemptions (such as Rule 144) that do not
require further restrictions on transfer, the certificates for the Shares may
bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-
transfer order may be placed against transfer of the certificates for the
Shares):

          The shares represented by this certificate have not been
          registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
          (the "1933 Act"), or applicable state securities laws.  The shares
          have been acquired for investment and may not be sold, transferred,
          assigned or hypothecated unless registered under the 1933 Act and
          qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless such sale,
          transfer, argument or hypothecation is exempt from the registration
          requirements of the 1933 Act and the qualification requirements of
          applicable state securities laws and, at the Company's election,
          unless the Company receives an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the
          Company that such registration and qualification are not required.

     C.   REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  The parties hereto agree to enter into
a Registration Rights Agreement in form acceptable to the Company and the
Unofficial Creditors Committee on or before the Closing Date.

     D.   FORM D.  The Company agrees to file a Form D with respect to the
Shares as required under Regulation D.

     E.   REPORTING STATUS.  So long as the Buyer beneficially owns any of the
Shares or until the third anniversary of the Closing Date, whichever first
occurs, the Company shall file all reports required to be filed with the SEC
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "1934 Act"), and the Company shall not terminate its status as an
issuer required to file reports under the 1934 Act even if the 1934 Act or the
rules and regulations thereunder would permit such termination.

     5.   TRANSFER AGENT INSTRUCTIONS.

     Promptly following the Closing, the Company will instruct its transfer
agent to issue one or more certificates for the Shares, bearing the restrictive
legend specified in Section 4(b) of this Agreement, registered in the name of
the Buyer or its nominee and in such denominations to be specified by the Buyer
prior to the closing.  The Company warrants that no instruction (other than such
instructions referred to in this Section 5, instructions consistent with this
Agreement, including Sections 4(a) and 4(b) hereof, or with the Registration
Rights Agreement and stop transfer instructions to give effect to Section 4(a)
hereof) will be given by the Company to the transfer agent with respect to the
Shares and that the Shares shall otherwise be freely transferable on the books
and records of the Company as and to the extent provided in this Agreement.
Nothing in this Section shall affect in any way the Buyer's obligations and
agreement to comply with all applicable securities laws upon resale of the
Shares.  If the Buyer sells the Shares under an effective Registration Statement
or if Buyer provides the Company with an opinion of counsel that registration
and qualification of a resale by the Buyer of any of the Shares in accordance
with clause (1)(B) of Section 4(a) of this Agreement is not required under the
1933 Act, the Company shall permit the transfer of such Shares and promptly
instruct the Company's transfer


                                        5

<PAGE>

agent to issue one or more share certificates in such name and in such
denominations as specified by the Buyer (provided that such specification is
consistent with such opinion).

     6.   CLOSING DATE.

     The date and time of the issuance and sale of the Shares (the "Closing
Date") shall be 12:00 noon, California time, on the date which: (i) the Company
has received Subscription Agreements from all unsecured creditors with claims in
excess of $50,000; (ii) the Company has executed and delivered an amended loan
agreement with IBM Credit Corporation in form acceptable to the Unofficial
Creditors Committee; and (iii) unsecured creditors other than those described in
(i) above holding claims representing 95% of all remaining unsecured claims
against the Company have received a discounted cash payment or have agreed to
receive shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of their claims.  The foregoing
conditions may be waived or modified with the consent of each of the Company,
IBM Credit Corporation and the Unofficial  Creditors Committee.  The closing
shall occur on the Closing Date at the offices of the Company and is expected to
occur at the end of August 1996.  Unless Buyer is issued Common Stock by
October 31, 1996, however, Buyer reserves the right to cancel this agreement by
written notice to the Company.  Buyer also understands that the Company may be
forced to seek bankruptcy protection in order to implement the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.  In such event, additional documentation will be
sent to Buyer.

     7.   CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATION TO SELL.

     The Buyer understands that the Company's obligation to sell the Shares to
the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement is conditioned upon:

     a.   The receipt and acceptance by the Company of the Buyer's subscription
for the Shares as evidenced by execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
Company;

     b.   Satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Section 6 hereof;

     c.   The accuracy on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties
of the Buyer contained in this Agreement and the performance by the Buyer on or
before the Closing Date of all covenants and agreements of the Buyer required to
be performed on or before such Closing Date; and

     d.   Execution and delivery of a Registration Rights Agreement by Buyer.

     The foregoing conditions may be waived by the Company at its discretion.

     8.   CONDITIONS TO THE BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE.

     The Company understands that the Buyer's obligation to purchase the Shares
is conditioned upon:

     a.   Delivery by the Company of one or more certificates for the Shares in
accordance with this Agreement;


                                        6

<PAGE>

     b.   The accuracy on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties
of the Company contained in this Agreement and the performance by the Company on
or before the Closing Date of all covenants and agreements of the Company
required to be performed on or before such Closing Date; and

     c.   Execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement by the
Company.

     The foregoing conditions may be waived by the Buyer at its discretion.

     9.   GOVERNING LAW; MISCELLANEOUS.

     This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of California.  A facsimile transmission of this signed
agreement shall be legal and binding on all parties hereto.  The headings of
this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or
affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.  If any provision of this
Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity
or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the
remainder of this Agreement or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement
in any other jurisdiction.  This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument
in writing signed by the party to be charged with enforcement.  Any notices
required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement shall be
sent by mail or delivered personally or by courier and shall be effective five
days after being placed in the mail, if mailed, or upon receipt, if delivered
personally or by courier to such party's office, in each case addressed to a
party at such party's address shown in the introductory paragraph or on the
signature page of this Agreement or such other address as a party shall have
provided by notice to the other party in accordance with this provision.


                                        7

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the Buyer or
one of its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date set forth below.

     AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF ALL RELEASED CLAIMS:  $

     NAME OF BUYER:
                     ----------------
     SIGNATURE
                -------------------
     Title:
             ----------------------
     Date:
             ----------------------

Address:
             ----------------------
             ----------------------
             ----------------------


     This Agreement has been accepted as of the date set forth below.

     RADIUS INC.

     By:
          --------------------


     Title:
             -----------------
     Date:
             -----------------

     NUMBER OF SHARES:
                        ----


     Such number of shares will be computed by the Company and confirmed by the
Unsecured Creditors Committee.  Each unsecured creditor shall receive such
number of shares of Common Stock as represents its pro rata share of the 60% of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the Closing Date.


                                        8

<PAGE>


                         OFFICE LEASE DATED ________, 1996
    (Exhibit B to the Closing Memorandum Agreement dated March 18, 1996)

0.  INCORPORATION.  Radius Inc. ("Tenant") and Connecticut General Life 
Insurance Company ("Cigna") entered into a lease of real property effective 
November 13, 1992 (the "Old Lease").  Tenant and Cigna have agreed to 
terminate the Old Lease along with all amendments and supplements to it in 
connection with Integrated Systems, Inc.'s ("Landlord's) purchase of the real 
property.  The Old Lease is attached.  Landlord and Tenant have agreed to 
lease a portion of the real property on all the terms set forth in the Old 
Lease except as set forth below (the "Lease").  Therefore, all of the 
provisions of the Old Lease are incorporated and made a part of this Lease, 
except as set forth below, and this Lease supersedes the Old Lease as of the 
closing of Landlord's purchase of the real property.

1.  PARTIES.  Section 1 is replaced with the following:  "This Lease is made 
by and between Integrated Systems, Inc. and Radius Inc., both California  
corporations. Therefore, the word "Tenant" is substituted wherever Supermac 
Technology, Inc. is referred to in the Old Lease."

2.  PREMISES.  Section 2 is replaced with the following:  "Landlord hereby 
leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord those certain 
premises situated at 215 Moffett Park Drive in Sunnyvale, California 
consisting of approximately ______ rentable square feet of space depicted on 
Exhibit A (the "Premises").   Tenant will have begun relocating from all 
other portions of the building on March 18, 1996 and will have completed such 
relocation prior to April 15, 1996 in stages as described in Exhibit C (with 
Landlord occupying or using such portions on the same timetable), and 
Landlord will complete certain tenant improvements pursuant to Exhibit C (the 
"Improvements" as defined in Exhibit C) thereafter.  During the term, 
Landlord also authorizes the use of the common areas appurtenant to the 
Premises and defined as the "Outside Area" in Section 11 below and the use of 
the personal property on the Premises identified in Exhibit E according to 
Exhibit E.  The Premises are part of a building (the "Building") located on 
the legal parcel described in Exhibit B (the "Parcel").  The Building in 
which the Premises are located, the Parcel, and the Outside Area are 
collectively referred to below as the "Complex"." 

3.  TERM.    Section 3 is replaced with the following: "The term will begin 
on the closing of the purchase of the Parcel by Landlord (the "Commencement 
Date" which is estimated to be on March 18, 1996) and will expire two years 
thereafter (estimated to be on March 17, 1998.)  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, Tenant, in its sole discretion, can elect to terminate the Lease 
early on ninety days' written notice to Landlord provided that Tenant is not 
in default or cures such default at the time of tendering notice."

4.  RENT.  Section 4F is deleted and Sections 4B, D and E are replaced with 
the following: 

"B.  MONTHLY INSTALLMENT.  Subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 22 
below (holding over), the Monthly Installment is: $______ ($.95 times the 
square footage inserted into Section 2 above)."


                                                                     1

<PAGE>


"D.  ADDITIONAL RENT.   All other charges due from Tenant to Landlord under 
this Lease will be deemed "Additional Rent"  and will be paid in addition to 
the Monthly Installment after notice to Tenant.  In the event of Tenant's 
failure to pay Additional Rent, Landlord will have all of the same rights and 
remedies as Landlord has for the nonpayment of a Monthly Installment."

"E.  PLACE OF PAYMENT.  Rent will be payable to Landlord in US currency at 
the Building or such other place as Landlord may reasonably designate in 
writing from time to time."

5.  SECURITY DEPOSIT.  This Section is deleted.  

6.  There are no changes to this Section.

7.  TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS.   Section 7B is deleted.

8.  INSURANCE.  The last sentence of Section 8B and the last two sentences of 
Section 8C are deleted.  Landlord and Tenant agree to review the specific 
coverages from time to time to ensure that redundant coverages and waste are 
minimized.  

9.  UTILITIES.  This Section is replaced with the following:  "Tenant will 
pay for all telephone charges and any other direct services to the Premises 
arranged for by Tenant.  Landlord will pay for all other services provided to 
the Complex, such as electricity, gas, water, sewage, and scavenger.  Tenant 
will use no more than customary and reasonable amounts of such services and 
will comply with Landlord's reasonable conservation measures upon request. "

10.  REPAIRS.  All provisions of this Section except the final paragraph are 
replaced with the following:  "Subject to the provisions of Section 16, 
Landlord will maintain the Premises in good condition and repair.  However, 
Tenant will reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for any repairs resulting 
from Tenant's (including employees, visitors and agents) intentional 
misconduct or gross negligence.  Tenant will exercise reasonable care in its 
use of the Premises and promptly notify Landlord of any need for repairs."

11.  OUTSIDE AREA.  This Section is amended as follows.  The last paragraph 
is deleted.  The rights referred to in the first paragraph are non-exclusive. 
 And the Outside Area is defined also to include those common areas of the 
Building which Tenant must use in order to have access to the Premises.  
Except for a limited number of designated visitor spaces for Landlord, the 
required number of handicap access spaces and a space for the "employee of 
the month", parking spaces will be not be designated for exclusive use, 
rather they will be utilized on a first come, first use basis.  

12.  CHARGES.  This Section is deleted.  

13.  ALTERATIONS.  Section 13B will not apply to any of the improvements 
performed pursuant to Exhibit C.  

14.  There are no changes to this Section.



                                                                    2

<PAGE>

15.  DEFAULT.  Section 15A is amended by adding the following as a final 
paragraph: 

    "(9) Or Tenant's failure to return or maintain the personal property as 
set forth in Exhibit E, or at Landlord's election, Tenant's material, uncured 
breach of any warranty contained in the bill of sale from Tenant to Landlord 
of the personal property whose use is governed by Exhibit E."

16.  DESTRUCTION.  Section 16 is modified as follows:  Tenant will have no 
duty under this Section to reimburse Landlord for the deductible under 
Landlord's insurance coverage, i.e., the parenthetical expression in the 
middle of the second paragraph of the Section is deleted as is the last three 
and one half lines of the third paragraph beginning after "damage or 
destruction".  

17-21.  There are no changes to these Sections.  

22.  HOLDING OVER.  This Section is amended by replacing "expiration" with 
"expiration or other termination" wherever "expiration" is used; and "monthly 
rent" in the eighth line is replaced with "Monthly Installment".

23.  NOTICES.  The address for Landlord and Tenant is replaced with the 
following new information:  

"Landlord:  Integrated Systems, Inc.
            [215] Moffett Park Drive   
            Sunnyvale, CA 94089-1374
            attn: Chief Executive, Administrative, Legal or Financial Officer"

"Tenant:    Radius Inc.
            215 Moffett Park Drive
            Sunnyvale, CA 94809-1374
            attn: Chief, Executive, Administrative, Legal or Financial 
                  Officer"

24.  There is no change to this Section.

25.  ASSIGNMENT.  This Section is replaced with the following: "Because of 
the unique nature of the larger transaction among Landlord, Tenant and Cigna 
and the bargain element of the Lease, under no circumstances will Tenant be 
allowed to assign this Lease or sublease any portion of the Premises, except 
to an "Affiliate" after ten days' notice to Landlord.  An "Affiliate"  for 
purposes of this Section is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tenant as well as 
UMAX Computer Corp. and Splash Technology, Inc., which corporations were 
occupants of the Premises upon the termination of the Old Lease, provided 
that (i) each such Affiliate agrees to be bound by the provisions of this 
Lease, (ii) UMAX Computer Corp. vacates the Premises by April 15, 1996 and 
(iii) Splash Technology, Inc. vacates the Premises within 90 days after the 
Commencement Date. Also, in the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease to 
the survivor of any merger with a third party, Tenant will seek Landlord's 
approval prior to the merger and Landlord will not



                                                                 3

<PAGE>

unreasonably withhold or delay its consent.  However, Landlord can elect to 
expand into the Premises and terminate the lease as of the effective date of 
the merger by so notifying Tenant, unless the survivor agrees to increase the 
Monthly Installment by 150% and promptly notifies Landlord of such election.  
Any other attempt to assign or sublease will be null and void at Landlord's 
election.  In the case of any other effective assignment or sublease, 
Landlord will have the right of first refusal to lease the space on the same 
terms and the right to one half of the net proceeds of any such assignment or 
sublease.   Despite any assignment or sublease, Tenant will remain liable for 
the performance of all tenant obligations under this Lease."

26-31.  There are no changes to these Sections.

32.  PARKING.  Add at the end of the first sentence:  "and is consistent with 
Landlord's general signage plan which Landlord may establish in its 
discretion."  It is understood that the two large exterior "Radius" signs at 
two corners of the Building will be replaced by Landlord at its expense with 
its own signage.  Tenant's signage will include a monument at the entrance to 
the parking lot and one other directional sign referring to the location of 
the Radius lobby.  

33-36.  There are no changes to these Sections.

37.  BROKERS.   The references to CPS Commercial Brokerage and Cornish & 
Carey Commercial Real Estate are deleted.  

38. There is no change to this Section.

39.  Section 39D is amended as follows:  the clause "occurring during the 
Lease Term (including any extensions thereof)" in the final two lines of the 
first paragraph is replaced with "occurring during Tenant's use or occupancy 
of any portion of the Complex".   

40-42.  These Sections are deleted.  

In witness whereof, the parties execute this Lease.

Landlord:  Integrated Systems, Inc. Tenant:  Radius Inc.

_______________________________  ______________________________
By:                        date  By:                       date

(List of exhibits)

Exhibit A -- the Premises (replaced with a new Exhibit A)
Exhibit B -- the real property legal description (no change)
Exhibit C -- the Improvements (replaced with a new Exhibit C)
Exhibit D -- Truck parking area (no change)
Exhibit E -- Personal Property use (replaced with a new Exhibit E)
Exhibit F -- Complex landscaping (no change)



                                                                   4
<PAGE>


                               EXHIBIT "C"

                              IMPROVEMENTS

Exhibit C to the Old Lease is replaced with the following new Exhibit C.

Landlord and Tenant have agreed on the improvements to be constructed on or 
about the Premises.  These improvements are set forth in the attached final 
plans and specifications (the "Improvements").  Landlord will bear the cost 
of the Improvements except for $0 (or the costs associated with a specific 
scope of work identified on Schedule C-1, if applicable) ("Tenant's Share").  

Prior to and after the Commencement Date, Tenant will consolidate within the 
Premises as reasonably required by Landlord to permit the construction work 
to be performed expeditiously and to permit Landlord to occupy the balance of 
the Building in stages between March 18, 1996 and April 30, 1996 as described 
in the attached plans. Promptly after the Commencement Date, Landlord will 
retain a general contractor to construct the Improvements.  Landlord will 
direct the general contractor to construct the Improvements as quickly as the 
work can be performed in a commercially reasonable manner by no later than 
April 30, 1996.  There may be some disruption to Tenant's use of the Premises 
during construction, and Tenant will reasonably cooperate with the general 
contractor and its subcontractors in facilitating the performance of the 
work.  Tenant will not attempt to withhold or delay any payment nor seek 
compensation as a result of any of these inconveniences.  

No changes in the scope of work for the Premises will be made without 
Landlord's and Tenant's prior written approval.   Otherwise, changes in the 
plans and specifications will be made only to accommodate the reasonable 
requests of the permitting authorities.  If Tenant requests a change that 
either delays completion or increases costs and the change is approved, the 
related costs be shall added to Tenant's Share.  

Upon substantial completion of the Improvements, Landlord will so notify 
Tenant and the parties will schedule a walk through with the general 
contractor or construction manager.  If reasonably satisfied, Tenant will 
promptly sign an acceptance of the Improvements, subject only to the 
performance of any "punch list" items, which do not materially impair the use 
of the final Premises.  Upon such acceptance, Tenant will tender payment of 
Tenant's Share to Landlord.  

Tenant's unreasonable refusal to promptly accept the Improvements or to 
relocate on a timely basis will be a material breach of this Lease, if  
Landlord is thereby prevented from occupying the remainder of the Building by 
between March 18, 1996 and April 30, 1996 according to the schedule attached 
to the plans referred to above.  In such event and in addition to the 
remedies identified in Section 15 of the Lease, because actual damages are 
impractical to calculate and because of the obvious bargain element in the 
regular rental rate, the Monthly Installment will automatically increase by 
150% until the breach has been cured to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction, 
provided that Tenant has had a reasonable opportunity to cure the breach 
prior to the increase.  


                                                                      5

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT "E"

                 LICENSE TO USE CERTAIN PERSONAL PROPERTY

Exhibit E to the Old Lease is replaced with the following new Exhibit E.  

During the term, Tenant is authorized to use the personal property identified 
on Schedule 0 on an exclusive basis. Tenant will relocate such property at 
its own expense prior to the Commencement Date to the Premises depicted on 
Exhibit A.  Tenant will use reasonable care in the use and relocation of such 
property and will return such property to Landlord in good condition, normal 
wear and tear excepted, upon termination of the Lease.  During the term, 
Tenant is also authorized to use the personal property identified on Schedule 
0 on a shared or nonexclusive basis (e.g., the existing telephone system).  
All items of personal property will be clearly marked by Tenant as Landlord's 
property throughout such period of use.  Tenant will promptly notify Landlord 
if the property requires repair, which will be the responsibility of 
Landlord, unless the repair is necessitated by Tenant's (including employees, 
visitors and agents) gross negligence or intentional misconduct.  Landlord is 
also responsible for insuring the property and paying related real and 
personal property taxes accruing after Landlord takes title to such property. 
Landlord will have no obligation to replace any item, unless its cost is 
fully covered by insurance.  Tenant agrees to execute such other documents or 
perform such other acts as may be reasonably be necessary in Landlord's 
discretion to ensure that Landlord's title to such property remains 
unimpaired by creditors or representatives of Tenant, e.g., filing financing 
statements.   Under no circumstances will Tenant challenge Landlord's 
ownership of the personal property or attempt to offset the value of the 
personal property against any obligation owed to Landlord during or after the 
term.  

During the term, Landlord will continue to operate the cafeteria through a 
subcontractor and Tenant will be authorized to use the cafeteria subject to 
Landlord's and the subcontractor's reasonable rules and regulations.  The 
cafeteria will not be obligated to provide services other than lunch Monday 
through Friday. 

In the event of a material breach of this Lease by Tenant, including the 
failure to pay a Monthly Installment or Additional Rent, Tenant's rights to 
use the personal property and the cafeteria without additional charge will be 
automatically suspended after Tenant has had a reasonable opportunity to cure 
such breach until the breach is cured to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction.  


                                                                     6


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 11.01

COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS PER SHARE)
(in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Nine Months Ended
                                                              Year Ended September 30,                            June 30,
                                                       ----------------------------------------        -----------------------------
                                                          1995           1994           1993             1996                 1995
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>                 <C>
Average common shares outstanding                          15,049         13,598         12,905         17,830                14,386
Net effect of dilutive stock options - based
     on the treasury stock method using
     average market price                                       -              -              -            120
           -
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------
     ---------
Totals                                                     15,049         13,598         12,905         17,950                14,386
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
Net Income (loss)                                      $(131,742)      $(77,475)      $(20,139)        $ 8,849             $(13,857)
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
Per share amount                                       $   (8.75)      $  (5.70)      $  (1.56)        $  0.49             $  (0.96)
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------

Fully diluted:
Average common shares outstanding                          15,049         13,598         12,905         17,830                14,386
Net effect of dilutive stock options - based
     on the treasury stock method using
     quarter end market price which is
     greater than average market price                        121              -
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
Totals                                                     15,049         13,598         12,905         17,951                14,386
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
Net income (loss)                                      $(131,742)      $(77,475)      $(20,136)        $ 8,849             $(13,857)
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
Per share amount*                                      $   (8.75)      $  (5.70)      $  (1.56)        $  0.49             $  (0.96)
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
                                                       ----------      ---------      ---------        -------             ---------
</TABLE>


*    The primary net income (loss) per share is shown in the statements of
     operations.  Net income (loss) per share under the primary and fully
     diluted calculations are equivalent.

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 23.01


               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated December 8, 1995, except Note 11 as to which the date is
December 27, 1995, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related
Prospectus of Radius, Inc. for the registration of 54,093,591 shares of its
common stock, 750,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and
Warrants to purchase 600,000 shares of common stock.


                                        ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Palo Alto, California
September 17, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission